wxPython/src/gtk/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 107 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 108 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 109 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 110 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 113 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 114 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 115 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 116 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 118 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 119 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 120 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 121 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 122 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 123 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 124 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 125 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 126 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 127 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 128 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 129 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 130 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 131 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 132 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 133 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 134 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 135 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 136 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 137 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 138 ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END
 139 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 140 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 141 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 142 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 143 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 144 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 145 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 146 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 147 OK = _core_.OK
 148 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 149 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 150 YES = _core_.YES
 151 NO = _core_.NO
 152 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 153 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 154 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 155 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 156 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 157 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 158 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 159 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 160 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 161 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 162 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 163 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 164 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 165 RESET = _core_.RESET
 166 HELP = _core_.HELP
 167 MORE = _core_.MORE
 168 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 169 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 170 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 171 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 172 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 173 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 174 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 175 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 176 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 180 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 181 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 182 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 183 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 184 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 185 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 186 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 187 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 188 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 189 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 190 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 191 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 192 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 193 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 194 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 195 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 196 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 197 ID_PAGE_SETUP = _core_.ID_PAGE_SETUP
 198 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 199 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 200 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 201 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 202 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 203 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 204 ID_HELP_INDEX = _core_.ID_HELP_INDEX
 205 ID_HELP_SEARCH = _core_.ID_HELP_SEARCH
 206 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 207 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 208 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 209 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 210 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 211 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 212 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 213 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 214 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 215 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 216 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 217 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 218 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 219 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 220 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 221 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 222 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 223 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 224 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 225 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 226 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 227 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 228 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 229 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 230 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 231 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 232 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 233 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 234 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 235 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 236 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 237 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 238 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 239 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 240 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 241 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 242 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 243 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 244 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 245 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 246 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 247 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 248 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 249 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 250 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 251 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 252 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 253 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 254 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 255 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 256 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 257 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 258 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 259 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 260 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 261 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 262 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 263 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 264 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 265 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 266 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 267 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 268 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 269 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 270 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 271 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 272 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 273 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 274 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 275 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 276 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 277 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 278 PD_AUTO_HIDE = _core_.PD_AUTO_HIDE
 279 PD_APP_MODAL = _core_.PD_APP_MODAL
 280 PD_CAN_ABORT = _core_.PD_CAN_ABORT
 281 PD_ELAPSED_TIME = _core_.PD_ELAPSED_TIME
 282 PD_ESTIMATED_TIME = _core_.PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
 283 PD_REMAINING_TIME = _core_.PD_REMAINING_TIME
 284 PD_SMOOTH = _core_.PD_SMOOTH
 285 PD_CAN_SKIP = _core_.PD_CAN_SKIP
 286 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 287 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 288 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 289 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 290 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 291 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 292 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 293 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 294 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 295 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 296 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 297 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 298 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 299 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 300 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 301 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 302 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 303 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 304 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 305 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 306 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 307 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 308 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 309 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 310 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 311 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 312 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 313 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 314 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 315 UP = _core_.UP
 316 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 317 TOP = _core_.TOP
 318 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 319 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 320 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 321 WEST = _core_.WEST
 322 EAST = _core_.EAST
 323 ALL = _core_.ALL
 324 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 325 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 326 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 327 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 328 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 329 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 330 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 331 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 332 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 333 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 334 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 335 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 336 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 337 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 338 GROW = _core_.GROW
 339 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 340 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 341 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 342 TILE = _core_.TILE
 343 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 344 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 345 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 346 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 347 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 348 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 349 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 350 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 351 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 352 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 353 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 354 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 355 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 356 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 357 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 358 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 359 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 360 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 361 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 362 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 363 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 364 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 365 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 366 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 367 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 368 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 369 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 370 DOT = _core_.DOT
 371 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 372 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 373 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 374 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 375 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 376 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 377 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 378 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 379 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 380 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 381 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 382 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 383 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 384 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 385 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 386 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 387 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 388 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 389 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 390 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 391 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 392 XOR = _core_.XOR
 393 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 394 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 395 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 396 COPY = _core_.COPY
 397 AND = _core_.AND
 398 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 399 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 400 NOR = _core_.NOR
 401 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 402 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 403 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 404 NAND = _core_.NAND
 405 OR = _core_.OR
 406 SET = _core_.SET
 407 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 408 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 409 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 410 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 411 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 412 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 413 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 414 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 415 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 416 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 417 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 418 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 419 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 420 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 421 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 422 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 423 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 424 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 425 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 426 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 427 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 428 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 429 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 430 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 431 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 432 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 433 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 434 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 435 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 436 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 437 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 438 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 439 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 440 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 441 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 442 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 443 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 444 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 445 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 446 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 447 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 448 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 449 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 450 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 451 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 452 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 453 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 454 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 455 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 456 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 457 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 458 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 459 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 460 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 461 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 462 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 463 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 464 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 465 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 466 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 467 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 468 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 469 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 470 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 471 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 472 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 473 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 474 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 475 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 476 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 477 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 478 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 479 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 480 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 481 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 482 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 483 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 504 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 505 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 506 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 507 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 508 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 509 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 510 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 511 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 512 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 513 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 514 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 515 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 516 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 517 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 518 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 519 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 520 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 521 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 522 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 523 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 524 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 525 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 526 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 527 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 528 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 529 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 530 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 531 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 532 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 533 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 534 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 535 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 536 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 537 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 538 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 539 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 540 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 541 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 542 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 543 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 544 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 545 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 546 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 547 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 548 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 549 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 550 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 551 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 552 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 553 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 554 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 555 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 556 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 557 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 558 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 559 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 560 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 561 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 562 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 563 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 564 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 565 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 566 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 567 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 568 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 569 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 570 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 571 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 572 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 573 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 574 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 575 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 576 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 577 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 578 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 579 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 580 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 581 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 582 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 583 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 584 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 585 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 586 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 587 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 588 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 589 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 590 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 591 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 592 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 593 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 594 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 595 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 596 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 597 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 598 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 599 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 600 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 601 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 602 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 603 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 604 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 605 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 606 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 607 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 608 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 609 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 610 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 611 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 612 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 613 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 614 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 615 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 616 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 617 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 618 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 620 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 621 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 622 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 623 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 624 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 625 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 626 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 627 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 628 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 629 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 630 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 631 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 632 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 633 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 634 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 635 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 636 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 637 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 638 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 639 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 640 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 641 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 642 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 643 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 644 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 645 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 646 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 647 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 648 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 649 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 650 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 651 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 652 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 653 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 654 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 655 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 656 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 657 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 658 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 659 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 660 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 661 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 662 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 663 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 664 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 665 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 666 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 667 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 668 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 669 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 670 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 671 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 672 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 673 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 674 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 675 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 676 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 677 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 678 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 679 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 680 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 681 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 682 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 683 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 684 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 685 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 686 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 687 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 688
 689 class Object(object):
 690     """
 691     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 692     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 693     """
 694     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 695     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 696     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 697     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 698         """
 699         GetClassName(self) -> String
 700
 701         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 702         """
 703         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 704
 705     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 706         """
 707         Destroy(self)
 708
 709         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 710         """
 711         val = _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 712         args[0].thisown = 0
 713         return val
 714
 715 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 716 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 717 cvar = _core_.cvar
 718 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 719
 720 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 721
 722 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 723 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 724 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 725 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 726 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 727 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 728 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 742 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 743 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 744 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 745 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 746 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 747 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 748 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 749 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 750 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 751 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 752 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 753 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 754 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 755 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 756 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 757 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 758 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 759 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 760 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 761 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 762 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 763 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 764 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 765 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 766 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 767 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 768 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 769 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 770 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 771 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 772 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 773 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 774
 775 class Size(object):
 776     """
 777     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 778     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 779     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 780     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 781     """
 782     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 783     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 784     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 785     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 786     x = width; y = height
 787     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 788         """
 789         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 790
 791         Creates a size object.
 792         """
 793         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 794     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 795     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 796     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 797         """
 798         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 799
 800         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 801         """
 802         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 803
 804     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 805         """
 806         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 807
 808         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 809         """
 810         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 811
 812     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 813         """
 814         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 815
 816         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 817         """
 818         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 819
 820     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 821         """
 822         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 823
 824         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 825         """
 826         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 827
 828     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 829         """
 830         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 831
 832         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 833         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 834         """
 835         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 836
 837     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 838         """
 839         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 840
 841         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 842         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 843         """
 844         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 845
 846     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
 847         """
 848         Scale(self, float xscale, float yscale)
 849
 850         Scales the dimensions of this object by the given factors.
 851         """
 852         return _core_.Size_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
 853
 854     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 855         """
 856         Set(self, int w, int h)
 857
 858         Set both width and height.
 859         """
 860         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 861
 862     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 863         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 864         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 865
 866     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 867         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 868         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 869
 870     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 871         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 872         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 873
 874     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 875         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 876         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 877
 878     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 879         """
 880         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 881
 882         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 883         """
 884         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 885
 886     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 887         """
 888         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 889
 890         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 891         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 892         """
 893         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 894
 895     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 896         """
 897         Get() -> (width,height)
 898
 899         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 900         """
 901         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 902
 903     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 904     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 905     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 906     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 907     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 908     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 909         if index == 0: self.width = val
 910         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 911         else: raise IndexError
 912     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 913     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 914     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 915
 916 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 917
 918 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 919
 920 class RealPoint(object):
 921     """
 922     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 923     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 924     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 925     """
 926     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 927     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 928     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 929     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 930     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 931         """
 932         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 933
 934         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 935         """
 936         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 937     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 938     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 939     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 940         """
 941         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 942
 943         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 944         """
 945         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 946
 947     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 948         """
 949         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 950
 951         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 952         """
 953         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 954
 955     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 956         """
 957         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 958
 959         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 960         """
 961         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 962
 963     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 964         """
 965         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 966
 967         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 968         """
 969         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 970
 971     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 972         """
 973         Set(self, double x, double y)
 974
 975         Set both the x and y properties
 976         """
 977         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 978
 979     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 980         """
 981         Get() -> (x,y)
 982
 983         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 984         """
 985         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 986
 987     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 988     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 989     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
 990     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 991     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 992     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 993         if index == 0: self.x = val
 994         elif index == 1: self.y = val
 995         else: raise IndexError
 996     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
 997     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 998     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
 999
1000 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
1001
1002 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1003
1004 class Point(object):
1005     """
1006     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1007     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1008     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1009     """
1010     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1011     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1012     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1013     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1014     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1015         """
1016         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1017
1018         Create a wx.Point object
1019         """
1020         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1021     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1022     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1023     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1024         """
1025         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1026
1027         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1028         """
1029         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1030
1031     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1032         """
1033         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1034
1035         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1036         """
1037         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1038
1039     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1040         """
1041         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1042
1043         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1044         """
1045         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1046
1047     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1048         """
1049         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1050
1051         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1052         """
1053         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1054
1055     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1056         """
1057         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1058
1059         Add pt to this object.
1060         """
1061         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1062
1063     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1064         """
1065         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1066
1067         Subtract pt from this object.
1068         """
1069         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1070
1071     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1072         """
1073         Set(self, long x, long y)
1074
1075         Set both the x and y properties
1076         """
1077         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1078
1079     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1080         """
1081         Get() -> (x,y)
1082
1083         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1084         """
1085         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1086
1087     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1088     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1089     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1090     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1091     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1092     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1093         if index == 0: self.x = val
1094         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1095         else: raise IndexError
1096     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1097     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1098     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1099
1100 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1101
1102 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1103
1104 class Rect(object):
1105     """
1106     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1107     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1108     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1109     """
1110     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1111     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1112     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1113         """
1114         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1115
1116         Create a new Rect object.
1117         """
1118         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1119     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1120     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1121     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1122         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1123         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1124
1125     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1126         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1127         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1128
1129     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1130         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1131         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1132
1133     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1134         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1135         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1136
1137     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1138         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1139         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1140
1141     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1142         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1143         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1144
1145     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1146         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1147         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1148
1149     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1150         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1151         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1152
1153     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1154         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1155         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1156
1157     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1158         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1159         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1160
1161     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1162         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1163         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1164
1165     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1166         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1167         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1168
1169     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1170         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1171         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1172
1173     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1174         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1175         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1176
1177     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1178         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1179         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1180
1181     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1182         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1183         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1184
1185     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1186         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1187         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1188
1189     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1190         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1191         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1192
1193     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1194         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1195         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1196
1197     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1198         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1199         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1200
1201     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1202         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1203         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1204
1205     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1206         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1207         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1208
1209     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1210         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1211         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1212
1213     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1214         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1215         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1216
1217     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1218         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1219         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1220
1221     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1222     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1223     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1224     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1225     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1226     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1227
1228     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1229         """
1230         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1231
1232         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1233
1234         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1235         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1236         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1237         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1238         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1239         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1240         direction.
1241
1242         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1243         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1244         first::
1245
1246             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1247             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1248
1249
1250         """
1251         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1252
1253     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1254         """
1255         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1256
1257         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1258         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1259         `Inflate` for a full description.
1260         """
1261         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1262
1263     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1264         """
1265         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1266
1267         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1268         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1269         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1270         """
1271         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1272
1273     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1274         """
1275         Offset(self, Point pt)
1276
1277         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1278         """
1279         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1280
1281     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1282         """
1283         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1284
1285         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1286         """
1287         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1288
1289     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1290         """
1291         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1292
1293         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1294         """
1295         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1296
1297     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1298         """
1299         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1300
1301         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1302         """
1303         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1304
1305     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1306         """
1307         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1308
1309         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1310         """
1311         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1312
1313     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1314         """
1315         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1316
1317         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1318         """
1319         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1320
1321     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1322         """
1323         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1324
1325         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1326         """
1327         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1328
1329     def InsideXY(*args, **kwargs):
1330         """
1331         InsideXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1332
1333         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1334         """
1335         return _core_.Rect_InsideXY(*args, **kwargs)
1336
1337     def Inside(*args, **kwargs):
1338         """
1339         Inside(self, Point pt) -> bool
1340
1341         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1342         """
1343         return _core_.Rect_Inside(*args, **kwargs)
1344
1345     def InsideRect(*args, **kwargs):
1346         """
1347         InsideRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1348
1349         Returns ``True`` if the given rectangle is completely inside this
1350         rectangle or touches its boundary.
1351         """
1352         return _core_.Rect_InsideRect(*args, **kwargs)
1353
1354     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1355         """
1356         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1357
1358         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1359         """
1360         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1361
1362     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1363         """
1364         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1365
1366         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1367         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1368         """
1369         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1370
1371     CentreIn = CenterIn
1372     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1373     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1374     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1375     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1376     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1377         """
1378         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1379
1380         Set all rectangle properties.
1381         """
1382         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1383
1384     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1385         """
1386         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1387
1388         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1389         """
1390         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1391
1392     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1393     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1394     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1395     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1396     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1397     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1398         if index == 0: self.x = val
1399         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1400         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1401         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1402         else: raise IndexError
1403     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1404     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1405     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1406
1407 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1408
1409 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1410     """
1411     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1412
1413     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1414     """
1415     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1416     return val
1417
1418 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1419     """
1420     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1421
1422     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1423     """
1424     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1425     return val
1426
1427 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1428     """
1429     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1430
1431     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1432     """
1433     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1434     return val
1435
1436
1437 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1438   """
1439     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1440
1441     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1442     """
1443   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1444 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1445
1446 class Point2D(object):
1447     """
1448     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1449     with floating point values.
1450     """
1451     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1452     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1453     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1454         """
1455         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1456
1457         Create a w.Point2D object.
1458         """
1459         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1460     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1461         """
1462         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1463
1464         Convert to integer
1465         """
1466         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1467
1468     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1469         """
1470         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1471
1472         Convert to integer
1473         """
1474         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1475
1476     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1477         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1478         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1479
1480     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1481         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1482         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1483
1484     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1485         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1486         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1487
1488     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1489         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1490         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1491
1492     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1493         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1494         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1495     def Normalize(self):
1496         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1497
1498     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1499         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1500         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1501
1502     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1503         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1504         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1505
1506     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1507         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1508         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1509
1510     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1511         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1512         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1513
1514     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1515         """
1516         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1517
1518         the reflection of this point
1519         """
1520         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1521
1522     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1523         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1524         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1525
1526     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1527         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1528         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1529
1530     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1531         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1532         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1533
1534     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1535         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1536         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1537
1538     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1539         """
1540         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1541
1542         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1543         """
1544         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1545
1546     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1547         """
1548         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1549
1550         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1551         """
1552         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1553
1554     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1555     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1556     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1557         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1558         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1559
1560     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1561         """
1562         Get() -> (x,y)
1563
1564         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1565         """
1566         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1567
1568     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1569     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1570     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1571     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1572     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1573     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1574         if index == 0: self.x = val
1575         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1576         else: raise IndexError
1577     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1578     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1579     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1580
1581 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1582
1583 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1584     """
1585     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1586
1587     Create a w.Point2D object.
1588     """
1589     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1590     return val
1591
1592 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1593     """
1594     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1595
1596     Create a w.Point2D object.
1597     """
1598     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1599     return val
1600
1601 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1602
1603 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1604 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1605 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1606 class InputStream(object):
1607     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1608     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1609     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1610     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1611         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1612         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1613     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1614     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1615     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1616         """close(self)"""
1617         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1618
1619     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1620         """flush(self)"""
1621         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1622
1623     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1624         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1625         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1626
1627     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1628         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1629         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1630
1631     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1632         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1633         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1634
1635     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1636         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1637         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1638
1639     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1640         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1641         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1642
1643     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1644         """tell(self) -> int"""
1645         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1646
1647     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1648         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1649         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1650
1651     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1652         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1653         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1654
1655     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1656         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1657         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1658
1659     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1660         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1661         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1662
1663     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1664         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1665         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1666
1667     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1668         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1669         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1670
1671     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1672         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1673         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1674
1675     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1676         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1677         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1678
1679 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1680 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1681 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1682
1683 class OutputStream(object):
1684     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1685     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1686     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1687     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1688     def write(*args, **kwargs):
1689         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1690         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
1691
1692     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
1693         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
1694         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
1695
1696 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
1697
1698 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1699
1700 class FSFile(Object):
1701     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1702     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1703     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1704     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1705         """
1706         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1707             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1708         """
1709         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
1710     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
1711     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1712     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
1713         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1714         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
1715
1716     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1717         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1718         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1719
1720     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1721         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1722         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1723
1724     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1725         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1726         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1727
1728     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
1729         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1730         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
1731
1732 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
1733
1734 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1735     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1736     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1737     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1738     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1739     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
1740     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1741 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
1742
1743 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1744     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1745     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1746     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1747     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1748         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1749         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1750         self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler)
1751
1752     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
1753         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1754         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
1755
1756     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1757         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1758         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1759
1760     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1761         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1762         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1763
1764     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1765         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1766         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1767
1768     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1769         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1770         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1771
1772     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
1773         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1774         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
1775
1776     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1777         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1778         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1779
1780     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1781         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1782         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1783
1784     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1785         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1786         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1787
1788     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
1789         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1790         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
1791
1792 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
1793
1794 class FileSystem(Object):
1795     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1796     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1797     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1798     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1799         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1800         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
1801     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
1802     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1803     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
1804         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1805         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
1806
1807     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
1808         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1809         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
1810
1811     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1812         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1813         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1814
1815     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1816         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1817         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1818
1819     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1820         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1821         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1822
1823     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1824         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1825         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1826
1827     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
1828     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
1829         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1830         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
1831
1832     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
1833     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1834         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1835         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1836
1837     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
1838     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1839         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1840         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1841
1842     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
1843 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
1844
1845 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1846   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1847   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1848
1849 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
1850   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1851   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
1852
1853 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1854   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1855   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1856
1857 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1858   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1859   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1860
1861 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1862     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1863     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1864     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1865     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1866         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1867         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1868     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1869         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1870         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1871
1872     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1873         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1874         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1875
1876 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
1877
1878 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1879     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1880     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1881     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1882     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1883         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1884         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1885     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1886         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1887         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1888
1889     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1890         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1891         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1892
1893     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1894         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1895         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1896
1897     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1898         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1899         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1900
1901 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
1902
1903
1904 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
1905   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
1906   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
1907
1908 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
1909   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
1910   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
1911
1912 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
1913   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
1914   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
1915 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
1916     """
1917     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
1918     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
1919     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
1920     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
1921     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
1922     """
1923     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
1924         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1925     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
1926         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1927     elif type(dataItem) == str:
1928         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
1929     else:
1930         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
1931
1932 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1933     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
1934     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1935     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1936     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1937         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
1938         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1939     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1940         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1941         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1942
1943     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
1944     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
1945     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1946         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1947         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1948
1949     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1950         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1951         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1952
1953     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1954         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1955         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1956
1957     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1958         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1959         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1960
1961 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
1962
1963 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1964   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1965   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1966
1967 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
1968 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
1969 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
1970 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1971
1972 class ImageHandler(Object):
1973     """
1974     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
1975     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
1976     normally seen by the application.
1977     """
1978     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1979     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1980     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1981     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
1982         """GetName(self) -> String"""
1983         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
1984
1985     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
1986         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
1987         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
1988
1989     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
1990         """GetType(self) -> long"""
1991         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
1992
1993     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1994         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1995         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1996
1997     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1998         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
1999         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2000
2001     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2002         """CanReadStream(self, InputStream stream) -> bool"""
2003         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2004
2005     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
2006         """SetName(self, String name)"""
2007         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
2008
2009     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2010         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2011         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2012
2013     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2014         """SetType(self, long type)"""
2015         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2016
2017     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2018         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2019         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2020
2021 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2022
2023 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2024     """
2025     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2026     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2027     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2028     the following methods::
2029
2030         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2031             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2032
2033         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2034             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2035
2036         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2037             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2038                this handler's image file format.'''
2039
2040         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2041             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2042                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2043
2044     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2045     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2046     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2047
2048     """
2049     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2050     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2051     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2052         """
2053         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2054
2055         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2056         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2057         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2058         the following methods::
2059
2060             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2061                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2062
2063             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2064                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2065
2066             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2067                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2068                    this handler's image file format.'''
2069
2070             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2071                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2072                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2073
2074         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2075         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2076         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2077
2078         """
2079         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2080         self._SetSelf(self)
2081
2082     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2083         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2084         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2085
2086 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2087
2088 class ImageHistogram(object):
2089     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2090     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2091     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2092     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2093         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2094         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2095     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2096         """
2097         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2098
2099         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2100         """
2101         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2102
2103     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2104     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2105         """
2106         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2107
2108         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2109         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2110         success flag and rgb values.
2111         """
2112         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2113
2114     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2115         """
2116         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2117
2118         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2119         key value from a RGB tripple.
2120         """
2121         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2122
2123     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2124         """
2125         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2126
2127         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2128         """
2129         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2130
2131     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2132         """
2133         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2134
2135         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2136         """
2137         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2138
2139 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2140
2141 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2142   """
2143     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2144
2145     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2146     """
2147   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2148
2149 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2150     """
2151     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2152     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2153     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2154     color space.
2155     """
2156     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2157     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2158     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2159         """
2160         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2161
2162         Constructor.
2163         """
2164         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2165     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2166     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2167     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2168 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2169
2170 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2171     """
2172     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2173     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2174     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2175     color space.
2176     """
2177     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2178     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2179     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2180         """
2181         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2182
2183         Constructor.
2184         """
2185         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2186     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2187     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2188     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2189 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2190
2191 class Image(Object):
2192     """
2193     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2194     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2195     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2196     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2197
2198     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2199     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2200     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2201     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2202
2203     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2204     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2205     bitmap object.
2206
2207     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2208     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2209     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2210     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2211     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2212
2213     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2214     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2215     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2216     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2217     """
2218     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2219     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2220     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2221         """
2222         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2223
2224         Loads an image from a file.
2225         """
2226         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2227     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2228     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2229     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2230         """
2231         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2232
2233         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2234         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2235         """
2236         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2237
2238     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2239         """
2240         Destroy(self)
2241
2242         Destroys the image data.
2243         """
2244         val = _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2245         args[0].thisown = 0
2246         return val
2247
2248     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2249         """
2250         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2251
2252         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2253         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2254         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.
2255         """
2256         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2257
2258     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2259         """
2260         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2261
2262         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2263         """
2264         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2265
2266     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2267         """
2268         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2269
2270         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2271         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2272
2273         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2274         """
2275         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2276
2277     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2278         """
2279         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2280
2281         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2282         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2283         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2284         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2285         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2286         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2287         newly exposed areas.
2288
2289         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2290         """
2291         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2292
2293     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2294         """
2295         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2296
2297         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2298         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2299         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2300         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2301         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2302         """
2303         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2304
2305     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2306         """
2307         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2308
2309         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2310         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2311         safe way to manipulate the data.
2312         """
2313         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2314
2315     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2316         """
2317         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2318
2319         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2320         """
2321         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2322
2323     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2324         """
2325         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2326
2327         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2328         """
2329         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2330
2331     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2332         """
2333         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2334
2335         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2336         """
2337         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2338
2339     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2340         """
2341         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2342
2343         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2344         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2345         for this.
2346         """
2347         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2348
2349     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2350         """
2351         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2352
2353         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2354         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2355         this.
2356
2357         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2358         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2359         the fully opaque pixels.
2360         """
2361         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2362
2363     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2364         """
2365         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2366
2367         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2368         """
2369         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2370
2371     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2372         """
2373         InitAlpha(self)
2374
2375         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2376         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2377         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2378         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2379         """
2380         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2381
2382     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2383         """
2384         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2385
2386         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2387         than the spcified threshold.
2388         """
2389         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2390
2391     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2392         """
2393         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2394
2395         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2396         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2397         success flag and rgb values.
2398         """
2399         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2400
2401     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2402         """
2403         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2404
2405         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2406         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2407         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2408         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2409
2410         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2411         nothing.
2412         """
2413         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2414
2415     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2416         """
2417         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2418
2419         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2420         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2421         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2422         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2423         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2424         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2425         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2426         """
2427         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2428
2429     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2430         """
2431         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2432
2433         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2434         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2435         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2436         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2437         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2438
2439         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2440         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2441         mask was successfully applied.
2442
2443         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2444         computationally intensive operation.
2445         """
2446         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2447
2448     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2449         """
2450         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2451
2452         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2453         """
2454         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2455
2456     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2457     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2458         """
2459         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2460
2461         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2462         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2463         the number of available images.
2464         """
2465         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2466
2467     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2468     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2469         """
2470         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2471
2472         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2473         library will try to autodetect the format.
2474         """
2475         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2476
2477     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2478         """
2479         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2480
2481         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2482         string.
2483         """
2484         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2485
2486     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2487         """
2488         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2489
2490         Saves an image in the named file.
2491         """
2492         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2493
2494     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2495         """
2496         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2497
2498         Saves an image in the named file.
2499         """
2500         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2501
2502     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2503         """
2504         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2505
2506         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2507         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2508         object.
2509         """
2510         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2511
2512     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2513     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2514         """
2515         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2516
2517         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2518         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2519         autodetect the format.
2520         """
2521         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2522
2523     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2524         """
2525         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2526
2527         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2528         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2529         """
2530         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2531
2532     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
2533         """
2534         Ok(self) -> bool
2535
2536         Returns true if image data is present.
2537         """
2538         return _core_.Image_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
2539
2540     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2541         """
2542         GetWidth(self) -> int
2543
2544         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2545         """
2546         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2547
2548     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2549         """
2550         GetHeight(self) -> int
2551
2552         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2553         """
2554         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2555
2556     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2557         """
2558         GetSize(self) -> Size
2559
2560         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2561         """
2562         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2563
2564     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2565         """
2566         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2567
2568         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2569         entirely to the image.
2570         """
2571         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2572
2573     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2574         """
2575         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2576
2577         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2578         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2579         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2580         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2581         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2582         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2583         newly exposed areas.
2584         """
2585         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2586
2587     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2588         """
2589         Copy(self) -> Image
2590
2591         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2592         """
2593         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2594
2595     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2596         """
2597         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2598
2599         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2600         and any out of bounds problems.
2601         """
2602         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2603
2604     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2605         """
2606         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2607
2608         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2609         """
2610         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2611
2612     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2613         """
2614         SetData(self, buffer data)
2615
2616         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
2617         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2618         the data must be width*height*3.
2619         """
2620         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
2621
2622     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2623         """
2624         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2625
2626         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2627         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2628         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2629         """
2630         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2631
2632     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2633         """
2634         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2635
2636         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2637         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2638         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2639         """
2640         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2641
2642     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2643         """
2644         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2645
2646         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2647         """
2648         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2649
2650     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2651         """
2652         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2653
2654         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
2655         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2656         data must be width*height.
2657         """
2658         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2659
2660     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2661         """
2662         GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2663
2664         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the Alpha
2665         data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do not
2666         use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2667         """
2668         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2669
2670     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2671         """
2672         SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)
2673
2674         Sets the internal image alpha pointer to point at a Python buffer
2675         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2676         ensure that the buffer object lives as long as the wx.Image does.
2677         """
2678         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2679
2680     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2681         """
2682         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2683
2684         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2685         mask).
2686         """
2687         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2688
2689     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2690         """
2691         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2692
2693         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2694         """
2695         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2696
2697     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
2698         """
2699         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2700
2701         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2702         """
2703         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
2704
2705     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2706         """
2707         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2708
2709         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2710         """
2711         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2712
2713     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2714         """
2715         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2716
2717         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2718         """
2719         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2720
2721     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
2722         """
2723         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2724
2725         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2726         determined by the current mask colour.
2727         """
2728         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
2729
2730     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
2731         """
2732         HasMask(self) -> bool
2733
2734         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2735         """
2736         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
2737
2738     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
2739         """
2740         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2741             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2742
2743         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2744         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2745         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2746         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2747         will be used as the fill colour.
2748
2749         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2750         """
2751         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
2752
2753     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
2754         """
2755         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2756
2757         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2758         indicated by ``clockwise``.
2759         """
2760         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
2761
2762     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
2763         """
2764         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2765
2766         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2767         indicates the orientation.
2768         """
2769         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
2770
2771     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
2772         """
2773         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2774
2775         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2776         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
2777         """
2778         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
2779
2780     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
2781         """
2782         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2783
2784         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2785         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2786         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2787         """
2788         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
2789
2790     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
2791         """
2792         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2793
2794         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2795         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2796         colour everywhere else.
2797         """
2798         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
2799
2800     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2801         """
2802         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2803
2804         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
2805         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2806         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2807         """
2808         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2809
2810     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2811         """
2812         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2813
2814         Sets an image option as an integer.
2815         """
2816         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2817
2818     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2819         """
2820         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2821
2822         Gets the value of an image handler option.
2823         """
2824         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2825
2826     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2827         """
2828         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2829
2830         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
2831         option is not present, the function returns 0.
2832         """
2833         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2834
2835     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
2836         """
2837         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2838
2839         Returns true if the given option is present.
2840         """
2841         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
2842
2843     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
2844         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2845         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
2846
2847     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
2848         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2849         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
2850
2851     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2852         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2853         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2854
2855     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2856     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2857         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2858         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2859
2860     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
2861     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2862         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2863         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2864
2865     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2866     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2867         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
2868         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2869
2870     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
2871     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
2872         """
2873         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2874
2875         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2876         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2877         dialog boxes.
2878         """
2879         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
2880
2881     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
2882     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2883         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
2884         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2885
2886     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2887         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
2888         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2889
2890     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
2891         """
2892         RotateHue(self, double angle)
2893
2894         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
2895         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
2896         """
2897         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
2898
2899     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
2900         """
2901         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
2902
2903         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
2904         """
2905         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
2906
2907     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
2908     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2909         """
2910         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
2911
2912         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
2913         """
2914         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2915
2916     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
2917     def __nonzero__(self): return self.Ok()
2918 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
2919
2920 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
2921     """
2922     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2923
2924     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
2925     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
2926     """
2927     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
2928     return val
2929
2930 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
2931     """
2932     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2933
2934     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2935     object.
2936     """
2937     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
2938     return val
2939
2940 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
2941     """
2942     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2943
2944     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2945     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
2946     """
2947     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
2948     return val
2949
2950 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
2951     """
2952     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
2953
2954     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
2955     pixels to black.
2956     """
2957     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
2958     return val
2959
2960 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2961     """
2962     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
2963
2964     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
2965     """
2966     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2967     return val
2968
2969 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
2970     """
2971     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
2972
2973     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
2974     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
2975     must be width*height*3.
2976     """
2977     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
2978     return val
2979
2980 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2981     """
2982     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
2983
2984     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
2985     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
2986     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
2987     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
2988     """
2989     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2990     return val
2991
2992 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2993   """
2994     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2995
2996     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2997     """
2998   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2999
3000 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
3001   """
3002     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
3003
3004     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
3005     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
3006     the number of available images.
3007     """
3008   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
3009
3010 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
3011   """
3012     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
3013
3014     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
3015     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
3016     object.
3017     """
3018   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
3019
3020 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3021   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3022   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3023
3024 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3025   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3026   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3027
3028 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3029   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3030   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3031
3032 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3033   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3034   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3035
3036 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3037   """
3038     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3039
3040     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3041     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3042     dialog boxes.
3043     """
3044   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3045
3046 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3047   """
3048     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3049
3050     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3051     """
3052   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3053
3054 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3055   """
3056     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3057
3058     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3059     """
3060   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3061
3062
3063 def _ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3064   """_ImageFromBuffer(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha=None) -> Image"""
3065   return _core_._ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3066 def ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer=None):
3067     """
3068     Creates a `wx.Image` from the data in dataBuffer.  The dataBuffer
3069     parameter must be a Python object that implements the buffer interface,
3070     such as a string, array, etc.  The dataBuffer object is expected to
3071     contain a series of RGB bytes and be width*height*3 bytes long.  A buffer
3072     object can optionally be supplied for the image's alpha channel data, and
3073     it is expected to be width*height bytes long.
3074
3075     The wx.Image will be created with its data and alpha pointers initialized
3076     to the memory address pointed to by the buffer objects, thus saving the
3077     time needed to copy the image data from the buffer object to the wx.Image.
3078     While this has advantages, it also has the shoot-yourself-in-the-foot
3079     risks associated with sharing a C pointer between two objects.
3080
3081     To help alleviate the risk a reference to the data and alpha buffer
3082     objects are kept with the wx.Image, so that they won't get deleted until
3083     after the wx.Image is deleted.  However please be aware that it is not
3084     guaranteed that an object won't move its memory buffer to a new location
3085     when it needs to resize its contents.  If that happens then the wx.Image
3086     will end up referring to an invalid memory location and could cause the
3087     application to crash.  Therefore care should be taken to not manipulate
3088     the objects used for the data and alpha buffers in a way that would cause
3089     them to change size.
3090     """
3091     image = _core_._ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer)
3092     image._buffer = dataBuffer
3093     image._alpha = alphaBuffer
3094     return image
3095
3096 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3097     """
3098     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3099     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3100     """
3101     pass
3102
3103 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3104 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3105 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3106 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3107 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3108 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3109 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3110 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3111 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3112 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3113 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3114 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3115 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3116 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3117 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3118     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3119     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3120     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3121     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3122         """
3123         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3124
3125         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3126         """
3127         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3128 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3129 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3130 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3131 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3132 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3133 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3134 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3135 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3136 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3137 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3138 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3139 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3140 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3141 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3142 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3143 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3144 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3145
3146 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3147     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3148     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3149     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3150     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3151         """
3152         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3153
3154         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3155         """
3156         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3157 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3158
3159 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3160     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3161     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3162     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3163     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3164         """
3165         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3166
3167         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3168         """
3169         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3170 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3171
3172 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3173     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3174     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3175     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3176     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3177         """
3178         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3179
3180         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3181         """
3182         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3183 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3184
3185 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3186     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3187     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3188     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3189     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3190         """
3191         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3192
3193         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3194         """
3195         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3196 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3197
3198 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3199     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3200     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3201     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3202     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3203         """
3204         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3205
3206         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3207         """
3208         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3209 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3210
3211 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3212     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3213     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3214     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3215     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3216         """
3217         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3218
3219         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3220         """
3221         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3222 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3223
3224 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3225     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3226     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3227     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3228     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3229         """
3230         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3231
3232         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3233         """
3234         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3235 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3236
3237 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3238     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3239     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3240     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3241     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3242         """
3243         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3244
3245         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3246         """
3247         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3248 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3249
3250 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3251     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3252     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3253     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3254     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3255         """
3256         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3257
3258         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3259         """
3260         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3261 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3262
3263 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3264     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3265     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3266     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3267     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3268         """
3269         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3270
3271         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3272         """
3273         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3274 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3275
3276 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3277 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3278 class Quantize(object):
3279     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3280     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3281     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3282     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3283     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3284         """
3285         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3286
3287         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3288         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3289         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3290         """
3291         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3292
3293     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3294 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3295
3296 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3297   """
3298     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3299
3300     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3301     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3302     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3303     """
3304   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3305
3306 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3307
3308 class EvtHandler(Object):
3309     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3310     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3311     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3312     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3313         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3314         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3315     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3316         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3317         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3318
3319     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3320         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3321         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3322
3323     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3324         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3325         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3326
3327     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3328         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3329         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3330
3331     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3332         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3333         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3334
3335     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3336         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3337         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3338
3339     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3340         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3341         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3342
3343     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3344         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3345         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3346
3347     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3348         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3349         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3350
3351     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3352         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3353         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3354
3355     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3356         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3357         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3358
3359     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3360         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3361         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3362         args[0].thisown = 0
3363         return val
3364
3365     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3366         """
3367         Bind an event to an event handler.
3368
3369         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3370                       type of event to bind,
3371
3372         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3373                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3374                       disconnect an event handler.
3375
3376         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3377                       different window than self, but you still
3378                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3379                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3380                       passing the source of the event, the event
3381                       handling system is able to differentiate
3382                       between the same event type from different
3383                       controls.
3384
3385         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3386                    of instance.
3387
3388         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3389                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3390         """
3391         if source is not None:
3392             id  = source.GetId()
3393         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3394
3395     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3396         """
3397         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3398         Returns True if successful.
3399         """
3400         if source is not None:
3401             id  = source.GetId()
3402         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3403
3404 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3405
3406 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3407
3408 class PyEventBinder(object):
3409     """
3410     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3411     handlers.
3412     """
3413     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3414         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3415             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3416         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3417
3418         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3419             self.evtType = evtType
3420         else:
3421             self.evtType = [evtType]
3422
3423
3424     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3425         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3426         for et in self.evtType:
3427             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3428
3429
3430     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3431         """Remove an event binding."""
3432         success = 0
3433         for et in self.evtType:
3434             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3435         return success != 0
3436
3437
3438     def __call__(self, *args):
3439         """
3440         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3441         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3442         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3443         type of the event.
3444         """
3445         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3446         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3447         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3448         target = args[0]
3449         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3450             func = args[1]
3451         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3452             id1 = args[1]
3453             func = args[2]
3454         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3455             id1 = args[1]
3456             id2 = args[2]
3457             func = args[3]
3458         else:
3459             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3460
3461         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3462
3463
3464 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3465 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3466     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3467 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3468     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3469
3470
3471 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3472
3473 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3474
3475 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3476 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3477
3478 def NewEventType(*args):
3479   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3480   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3481 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3482 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3483 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3484 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3485 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3486 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3487 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3488 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3489 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3490 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3491 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3492 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3493 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3494 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3495 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3496 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3497 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3498 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3499 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3500 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3501 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3502 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3503 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3504 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3505 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3506 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3507 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3508 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3509 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3510 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3511 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3512 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3513 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3514 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3515 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3516 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3517 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3518 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3519 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3520 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3521 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3522 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3523 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3524 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3525 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3526 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3527 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3528 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3529 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3530 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3531 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3532 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3533 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3534 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3535 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3536 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3537 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3538 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3539 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3540 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3541 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3542 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3543 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3544 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3545 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3546 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3547 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3548 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3549 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3550 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3551 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3552 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3553 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3554 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3555 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3556 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3557 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3558 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3559 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3560 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3561 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3562 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3563 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3564 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3565 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3566 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST
3567 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3568 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3569 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3570 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3571 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3572 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3573 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3574 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3575 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3576 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3577 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3578 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3579 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3580 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3581 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3582 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3583 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3584 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3585 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3586 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3587 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
3588 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
3589 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3590 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
3591 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
3592 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
3593 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3594 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3595 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3596 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3597 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3598 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3599 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3600 #
3601 # Create some event binders
3602 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
3603 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
3604 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
3605 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
3606 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
3607 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3608 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3609 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
3610 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
3611 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
3612 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
3613 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
3614 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
3615 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
3616 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
3617 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
3618 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
3619 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
3620 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
3621 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
3622 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
3623 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
3624 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
3625 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
3626 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
3627 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3628 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3629 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
3630 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
3631 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
3632 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
3633 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
3634 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
3635 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
3636 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
3637 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
3638 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
3639 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
3640 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
3641 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
3642 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
3643 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST )
3644
3645 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
3646 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
3647 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
3648 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
3649 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
3650 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
3651 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
3652 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
3653 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
3654 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
3655 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
3656 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
3657 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
3658
3659 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
3660                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
3661                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
3662                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
3663                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
3664                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
3665                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
3666                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
3667                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
3668                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
3669                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
3670                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
3671                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3672                                      ])
3673
3674
3675 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3676 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
3677                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
3678                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
3679                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
3680                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
3681                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
3682                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
3683                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
3684                                   ])
3685
3686 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
3687 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
3688 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
3689 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
3690 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
3691 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
3692 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
3693 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
3694
3695 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3696 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3697                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3698                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3699                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3700                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3701                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3702                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3703                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3704                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3705                                ])
3706
3707 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
3708 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
3709 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
3710 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
3711 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
3712 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
3713 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
3714 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
3715 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
3716 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3717
3718 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3719 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3720                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3721                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3722                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3723                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3724                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3725                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3726                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3727                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3728                                        ], 1)
3729
3730 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
3731 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
3732 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
3733 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
3734 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
3735 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
3736 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
3737 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
3738 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
3739 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3740
3741 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
3742 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
3743 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
3744 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3745 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
3746 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
3747 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
3748 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
3749 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3750 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
3751
3752 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
3753 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3754 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3755 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
3756 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
3757 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
3758 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
3759 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
3760 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
3761
3762
3763 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
3764 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
3765 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
3766 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
3767 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
3768 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
3769 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
3770
3771 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
3772
3773 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
3774 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
3775
3776 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
3777
3778 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
3779 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
3780 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
3781
3782
3783 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3784
3785 class Event(Object):
3786     """
3787     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3788     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3789     other event classes
3790     """
3791     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3792     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3793     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3794     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
3795     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3796     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3797         """
3798         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
3799
3800         Sets the specific type of the event.
3801         """
3802         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3803
3804     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3805         """
3806         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
3807
3808         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3809         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3810         """
3811         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3812
3813     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3814         """
3815         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3816
3817         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3818         any.
3819         """
3820         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3821
3822     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3823         """
3824         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3825
3826         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3827         object that is sending the event.
3828         """
3829         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3830
3831     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3832         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3833         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3834
3835     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3836         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3837         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3838
3839     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
3840         """
3841         GetId(self) -> int
3842
3843         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3844         command id.
3845         """
3846         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
3847
3848     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
3849         """
3850         SetId(self, int Id)
3851
3852         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
3853         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
3854         item, etc.
3855         """
3856         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
3857
3858     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3859         """
3860         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
3861
3862         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
3863         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
3864         """
3865         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3866
3867     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
3868         """
3869         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
3870
3871         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
3872         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
3873         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
3874         additional event handlers from being called and control will be
3875         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
3876         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing
3877         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
3878
3879         """
3880         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
3881
3882     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
3883         """
3884         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
3885
3886         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
3887         :see: `Skip`
3888         """
3889         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
3890
3891     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
3892         """
3893         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
3894
3895         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
3896         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
3897         """
3898         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
3899
3900     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3901         """
3902         StopPropagation(self) -> int
3903
3904         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
3905         propagation level value which may be later passed to
3906         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
3907         """
3908         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3909
3910     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3911         """
3912         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
3913
3914         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
3915         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
3916         `StopPropagation`.)
3917
3918         """
3919         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3920
3921     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
3922         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
3923         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
3924
3925 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
3926
3927 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3928
3929 class PropagationDisabler(object):
3930     """
3931     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3932     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3933     propogation of the event will be restored.
3934     """
3935     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3936     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3937     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3938         """
3939         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
3940
3941         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3942         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3943         propogation of the event will be restored.
3944         """
3945         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
3946     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
3947     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3948 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
3949
3950 class PropagateOnce(object):
3951     """
3952     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3953     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3954     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3955     """
3956     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3957     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3958     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3959         """
3960         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
3961
3962         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3963         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3964         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3965         """
3966         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
3967     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
3968     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3969 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
3970
3971 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3972
3973 class CommandEvent(Event):
3974     """
3975     This event class contains information about command events, which
3976     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3977     toolbars.
3978     """
3979     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3980     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3981     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3982         """
3983         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
3984
3985         This event class contains information about command events, which
3986         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3987         toolbars.
3988         """
3989         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
3990     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3991         """
3992         GetSelection(self) -> int
3993
3994         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3995         for a deselection).
3996         """
3997         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3998
3999     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
4000         """SetString(self, String s)"""
4001         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
4002
4003     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
4004         """
4005         GetString(self) -> String
4006
4007         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4008         for a deselection).
4009         """
4010         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
4011
4012     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
4013         """
4014         IsChecked(self) -> bool
4015
4016         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
4017         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
4018         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
4019         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
4020         makes sense for checkable menu items).
4021         """
4022         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
4023
4024     Checked = IsChecked
4025     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4026         """
4027         IsSelection(self) -> bool
4028
4029         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
4030         false if it is a deselection.
4031         """
4032         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4033
4034     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4035         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
4036         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4037
4038     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4039         """
4040         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
4041
4042         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
4043         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
4044         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
4045         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
4046         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
4047         listbox must be examined by the application.
4048         """
4049         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4050
4051     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4052         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4053         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4054
4055     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4056         """
4057         GetInt(self) -> int
4058
4059         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4060         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4061         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4062         """
4063         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4064
4065     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4066         """
4067         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4068
4069         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4070         """
4071         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4072
4073     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4074         """
4075         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4076
4077         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4078         """
4079         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4080
4081     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4082     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4083
4084     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4085         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4086         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4087
4088 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4089
4090 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4091
4092 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4093     """
4094     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4095     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4096     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4097     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4098     """
4099     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4100     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4101     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4102         """
4103         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4104
4105         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4106         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4107         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4108         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4109         """
4110         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4111     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4112         """
4113         Veto(self)
4114
4115         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4116
4117         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4118         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4119         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4120         """
4121         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4122
4123     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4124         """
4125         Allow(self)
4126
4127         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4128         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4129         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4130         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4131         """
4132         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4133
4134     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4135         """
4136         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4137
4138         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4139         false otherwise (if it was).
4140         """
4141         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4142
4143 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4144
4145 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4146
4147 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4148     """
4149     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4150     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4151     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4152     instead.
4153     """
4154     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4155     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4156     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4157         """
4158         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4159             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4160         """
4161         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4162     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4163         """
4164         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4165
4166         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4167         the scrollbar.
4168         """
4169         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4170
4171     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4172         """
4173         GetPosition(self) -> int
4174
4175         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4176         """
4177         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4178
4179     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4180         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4181         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4182
4183     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4184         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4185         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4186
4187 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4188
4189 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4190
4191 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4192     """
4193     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4194     scrolling windows.
4195     """
4196     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4197     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4198     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4199         """
4200         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4201
4202         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4203         scrolling windows.
4204         """
4205         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4206     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4207         """
4208         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4209
4210         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4211         the scrollbar.
4212         """
4213         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4214
4215     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4216         """
4217         GetPosition(self) -> int
4218
4219         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4220         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4221         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4222         """
4223         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4224
4225     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4226         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4227         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4228
4229     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4230         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4231         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4232
4233 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4234
4235 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4236
4237 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4238 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4239 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4240 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4241 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4242 class MouseEvent(Event):
4243     """
4244     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4245     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4246     mouse move events.
4247
4248     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4249     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4250     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4251     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4252     events from it.
4253
4254     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4255     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4256     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4257     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4258     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4259     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4260     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4261     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4262     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4263     """
4264     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4265     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4266     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4267         """
4268         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4269
4270         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4271
4272             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4273             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4274             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4275             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4276             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4277             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4278             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4279             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4280             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4281             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4282             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4283             * wxEVT_MOTION
4284             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4285         """
4286         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4287     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4288         """
4289         IsButton(self) -> bool
4290
4291         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4292         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4293         """
4294         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4295
4296     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4297         """
4298         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4299
4300         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4301         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4302         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4303         values).
4304         """
4305         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4306
4307     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4308         """
4309         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4310
4311         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4312         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4313         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4314         values).
4315         """
4316         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4317
4318     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4319         """
4320         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4321
4322         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4323         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4324         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4325         """
4326         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4327
4328     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4329         """
4330         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4331
4332         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4333         values of button are:
4334
4335              ====================      =====================================
4336              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4337              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4338              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4339              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4340              ====================      =====================================
4341
4342         """
4343         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4344
4345     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4346         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4347         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4348
4349     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4350         """
4351         GetButton(self) -> int
4352
4353         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4354         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4355         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4356         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4357         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4358         right buttons respectively.
4359         """
4360         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4361
4362     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4363         """
4364         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4365
4366         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4367         """
4368         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4369
4370     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4371         """
4372         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4373
4374         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4375         """
4376         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4377
4378     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4379         """
4380         AltDown(self) -> bool
4381
4382         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4383         """
4384         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4385
4386     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4387         """
4388         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4389
4390         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4391         """
4392         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4393
4394     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4395         """
4396         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4397
4398         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4399         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4400         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4401         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4402         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4403         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4404         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4405         """
4406         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4407
4408     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4409         """
4410         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4411
4412         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4413         """
4414         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4415
4416     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4417         """
4418         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4419
4420         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4421         """
4422         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4423
4424     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4425         """
4426         RightDown(self) -> bool
4427
4428         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4429         """
4430         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4431
4432     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4433         """
4434         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4435
4436         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4437         """
4438         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4439
4440     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4441         """
4442         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4443
4444         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4445         """
4446         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4447
4448     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4449         """
4450         RightUp(self) -> bool
4451
4452         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4453         """
4454         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4455
4456     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4457         """
4458         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4459
4460         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4461         """
4462         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4463
4464     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4465         """
4466         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4467
4468         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4469         """
4470         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4471
4472     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4473         """
4474         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4475
4476         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4477         """
4478         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4479
4480     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4481         """
4482         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4483
4484         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4485         of the current event type.
4486
4487         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4488         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4489         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4490
4491         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4492         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4493         dragging the mouse.
4494         """
4495         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4496
4497     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4498         """
4499         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4500
4501         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4502         of the current event type.
4503         """
4504         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4505
4506     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4507         """
4508         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4509
4510         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4511         of the current event type.
4512         """
4513         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4514
4515     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4516         """
4517         Dragging(self) -> bool
4518
4519         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4520         depressed).
4521         """
4522         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4523
4524     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4525         """
4526         Moving(self) -> bool
4527
4528         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4529         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4530         false and Dragging returns true.
4531         """
4532         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4533
4534     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4535         """
4536         Entering(self) -> bool
4537
4538         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4539         """
4540         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4541
4542     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4543         """
4544         Leaving(self) -> bool
4545
4546         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4547         """
4548         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4549
4550     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4551         """
4552         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4553
4554         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4555         event happened.
4556         """
4557         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4558
4559     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4560         """
4561         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4562
4563         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4564         event happened.
4565         """
4566         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4567
4568     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4569         """
4570         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4571
4572         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4573         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4574         that the window has been scrolled).
4575         """
4576         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4577
4578     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4579         """
4580         GetX(self) -> int
4581
4582         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4583         """
4584         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4585
4586     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4587         """
4588         GetY(self) -> int
4589
4590         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4591         """
4592         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4593
4594     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
4595         """
4596         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4597
4598         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4599         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4600         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4601         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4602         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4603         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4604         have been accumulated before scrolling.
4605         """
4606         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
4607
4608     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
4609         """
4610         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4611
4612         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4613         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4614         should occur for each delta.
4615         """
4616         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
4617
4618     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
4619         """
4620         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4621
4622         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4623         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4624         """
4625         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
4626
4627     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
4628         """
4629         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4630
4631         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4632         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4633         """
4634         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
4635
4636     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
4637     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
4638     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
4639     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
4640     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
4641     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4642     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4643     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
4644     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4645     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
4646     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
4647     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
4648 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
4649
4650 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4651
4652 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
4653     """
4654     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4655     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4656     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4657     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4658     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4659     """
4660     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4661     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4662     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4663         """
4664         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4665
4666         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4667         """
4668         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4669     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4670         """
4671         GetX(self) -> int
4672
4673         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4674         """
4675         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4676
4677     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4678         """
4679         GetY(self) -> int
4680
4681         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4682         """
4683         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4684
4685     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4686         """
4687         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4688
4689         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4690         """
4691         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4692
4693     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4694         """
4695         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4696
4697         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4698         """
4699         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4700
4701     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4702         """
4703         HasCursor(self) -> bool
4704
4705         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4706         """
4707         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4708
4709 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
4710
4711 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4712
4713 class KeyEvent(Event):
4714     """
4715     This event class contains information about keypress and character
4716     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4717     the keyboard focus.
4718
4719     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4720     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4721     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4722     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4723     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4724     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4725     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4726     corresponding to each down one.
4727
4728     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4729     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4730     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4731     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4732     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4733     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4734     example.
4735
4736     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4737     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4738     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4739     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4740     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4741     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4742     well.
4743
4744     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4745     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4746     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4747     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4748     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4749     by the system itself.
4750
4751     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4752     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4753     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4754     the ASCII value of this key combination.
4755
4756     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4757     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4758     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4759     focus.
4760
4761     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4762     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4763     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4764     types of events to be a bit simpler.
4765
4766     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4767     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4768     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4769     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4770
4771     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4772     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4773     work under Windows.
4774
4775     """
4776     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4777     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4778     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4779         """
4780         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4781
4782         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
4783             *
4784         """
4785         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4786     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4787         """
4788         GetModifiers(self) -> int
4789
4790         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
4791         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
4792         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
4793         example::
4794
4795             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
4796                 DoSomething()
4797
4798         """
4799         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4800
4801     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4802         """
4803         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4804
4805         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4806         """
4807         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4808
4809     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4810         """
4811         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4812
4813         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4814         """
4815         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4816
4817     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4818         """
4819         AltDown(self) -> bool
4820
4821         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4822         """
4823         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4824
4825     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4826         """
4827         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4828
4829         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4830         """
4831         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4832
4833     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4834         """
4835         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4836
4837         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4838         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4839         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4840         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4841         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
4842         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4843         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4844         """
4845         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4846
4847     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4848         """
4849         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
4850
4851         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
4852         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
4853         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
4854         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
4855         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
4856         normally).
4857         """
4858         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4859
4860     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4861         """
4862         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
4863
4864         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
4865         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
4866         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
4867         codes.
4868
4869         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
4870         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
4871         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
4872         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
4873         """
4874         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4875
4876     KeyCode = GetKeyCode
4877     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4878         """
4879         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
4880
4881         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
4882         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
4883         """
4884         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4885
4886     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
4887     def SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4888         """
4889         SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar)
4890
4891         Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode
4892         build of wxPython.
4893         """
4894         return _core_.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4895
4896     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4897         """
4898         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
4899
4900         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
4901         scan code which should only be used in advanced
4902         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
4903         ports.
4904         """
4905         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4906
4907     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
4908         """
4909         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
4910
4911         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
4912         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
4913         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
4914         """
4915         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
4916
4917     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4918         """
4919         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4920
4921         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4922         """
4923         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4924
4925     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4926         """
4927         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4928
4929         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4930         """
4931         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4932
4933     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4934         """
4935         GetX(self) -> int
4936
4937         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4938         applicable.
4939         """
4940         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4941
4942     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4943         """
4944         GetY(self) -> int
4945
4946         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4947         applicable.
4948         """
4949         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4950
4951     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
4952     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
4953     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
4954     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4955     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4956     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
4957     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4958     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
4959     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
4960     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
4961 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
4962
4963 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4964
4965 class SizeEvent(Event):
4966     """
4967     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
4968     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
4969     been resized.
4970
4971     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
4972     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
4973     application.
4974
4975     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
4976     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
4977     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
4978     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
4979     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
4980     invalidate the entire window.
4981
4982     """
4983     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4984     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4985     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4986         """
4987         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
4988
4989         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
4990         """
4991         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4992     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4993         """
4994         GetSize(self) -> Size
4995
4996         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
4997         event.
4998         """
4999         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5000
5001     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5002         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5003         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5004
5005     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5006         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5007         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5008
5009     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5010         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
5011         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5012
5013     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
5014     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
5015 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
5016
5017 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5018
5019 class MoveEvent(Event):
5020     """
5021     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
5022     moved to a new position.
5023     """
5024     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5025     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5026     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5027         """
5028         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
5029
5030         Constructor.
5031         """
5032         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5033     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5034         """
5035         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5036
5037         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
5038         """
5039         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5040
5041     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5042         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5043         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5044
5045     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5046         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5047         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5048
5049     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5050         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5051         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5052
5053     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
5054     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
5055
5056 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
5057
5058 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5059
5060 class PaintEvent(Event):
5061     """
5062     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5063     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5064     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5065     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5066     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5067
5068     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5069     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5070     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5071     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5072     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5073     scrolled units.
5074
5075     """
5076     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5077     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5078     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5079         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5080         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5081 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5082
5083 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5084     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5085     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5086     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5087     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5088         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5089         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5090 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5091
5092 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5093
5094 class EraseEvent(Event):
5095     """
5096     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5097     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5098     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5099     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5100
5101     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5102     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5103     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5104
5105     """
5106     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5107     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5108     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5109         """
5110         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5111
5112         Constructor
5113         """
5114         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5115     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5116         """
5117         GetDC(self) -> DC
5118
5119         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5120         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5121         that instead.
5122         """
5123         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5124
5125 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5126
5127 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5128
5129 class FocusEvent(Event):
5130     """
5131     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5132     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5133     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5134
5135     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5136     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5137     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5138
5139     """
5140     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5141     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5142     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5143         """
5144         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5145
5146         Constructor
5147         """
5148         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5149     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5150         """
5151         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5152
5153         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5154         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5155         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5156
5157         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5158         """
5159         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5160
5161     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5162         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5163         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5164
5165 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5166
5167 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5168
5169 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5170     """
5171     wx.ChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has received the
5172     focus.  Unlike `wx.FocusEvent` it is propagated up the window
5173     heirarchy.
5174     """
5175     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5176     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5177     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5178         """
5179         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5180
5181         Constructor
5182         """
5183         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5184     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5185         """
5186         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5187
5188         The window which has just received the focus.
5189         """
5190         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5191
5192 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5193
5194 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5195
5196 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5197     """
5198     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5199     application is being activated or deactivated.
5200
5201     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5202     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5203     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5204     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5205     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5206     application frames being inactive.
5207
5208     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5209     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5210     doing so can result in strange effects.
5211
5212     """
5213     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5214     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5215     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5216         """
5217         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5218
5219         Constructor
5220         """
5221         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5222     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5223         """
5224         GetActive(self) -> bool
5225
5226         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5227         otherwise.
5228         """
5229         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5230
5231 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5232
5233 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5234
5235 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5236     """
5237     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5238     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5239     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5240     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5241     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5242     """
5243     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5244     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5245     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5246         """
5247         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5248
5249         Constructor
5250         """
5251         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5252 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5253
5254 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5255
5256 class MenuEvent(Event):
5257     """
5258     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5259     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5260     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5261
5262     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5263     text in the first field of the status bar.
5264     """
5265     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5266     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5267     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5268         """
5269         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5270
5271         Constructor
5272         """
5273         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5274     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5275         """
5276         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5277
5278         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5279         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5280         """
5281         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5282
5283     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5284         """
5285         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5286
5287         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5288         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5289         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5290         """
5291         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5292
5293     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5294         """
5295         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5296
5297         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5298         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5299         """
5300         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5301
5302 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5303
5304 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5305
5306 class CloseEvent(Event):
5307     """
5308     This event class contains information about window and session close
5309     events.
5310
5311     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5312     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5313     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5314     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5315     function.
5316
5317     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5318     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5319     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5320     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5321     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5322     files or to cancel the close.
5323
5324     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5325     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5326     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5327     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5328     """
5329     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5330     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5331     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5332         """
5333         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5334
5335         Constructor.
5336         """
5337         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5338     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5339         """
5340         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5341
5342         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5343         """
5344         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5345
5346     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5347         """
5348         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5349
5350         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5351         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5352         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5353         window event.
5354         """
5355         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5356
5357     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5358         """
5359         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5360
5361         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5362         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5363
5364         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5365         """
5366         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5367
5368     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5369         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5370         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5371
5372     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5373         """
5374         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5375
5376         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5377         """
5378         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5379
5380     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5381         """
5382         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5383
5384         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5385         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5386         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5387         must be called to check this.
5388         """
5389         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5390
5391 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5392
5393 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5394
5395 class ShowEvent(Event):
5396     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5397     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5398     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5399     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5400         """
5401         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5402
5403         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5404         """
5405         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5406     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5407         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5408         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5409
5410     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5411         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5412         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5413
5414 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5415
5416 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5417
5418 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5419     """
5420     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5421     restored.
5422     """
5423     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5424     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5425     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5426         """
5427         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5428
5429         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5430         restored.
5431         """
5432         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5433     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5434         """
5435         Iconized(self) -> bool
5436
5437         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5438         been restored.
5439         """
5440         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5441
5442 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5443
5444 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5445
5446 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5447     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5448     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5449     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5450     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5451         """
5452         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5453
5454         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5455         """
5456         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5457 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5458
5459 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5460
5461 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5462     """
5463     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5464     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5465     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5466     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5467
5468     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5469     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5470     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5471     dropping files.
5472
5473     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5474     events.
5475
5476     """
5477     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5478     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5479     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5480     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5481         """
5482         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5483
5484         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5485         """
5486         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5487
5488     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5489         """
5490         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5491
5492         Returns the number of files dropped.
5493         """
5494         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5495
5496     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5497         """
5498         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5499
5500         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5501         """
5502         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5503
5504 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5505
5506 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5507
5508 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5509 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5510 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5511     """
5512     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5513     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5514     interface elements.
5515
5516     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5517     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5518     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5519     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5520     menu item or button.
5521
5522     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5523     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5524     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5525     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5526     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5527     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5528     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5529
5530     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5531     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5532     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5533     update.
5534
5535     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5536     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5537     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5538
5539     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5540     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5541
5542        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5543           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5544           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5545           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5546           events.
5547
5548        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5549           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5550           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5551           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5552           delay before windows are updated.
5553
5554     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5555     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5556     from an internal idle handler.
5557
5558     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5559     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5560     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5561
5562     """
5563     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5564     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5565     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5566         """
5567         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5568
5569         Constructor
5570         """
5571         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5572     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5573         """
5574         GetChecked(self) -> bool
5575
5576         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5577         """
5578         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5579
5580     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5581         """
5582         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5583
5584         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5585         """
5586         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5587
5588     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5589         """
5590         GetShown(self) -> bool
5591
5592         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
5593         """
5594         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5595
5596     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
5597         """
5598         GetText(self) -> String
5599
5600         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5601         """
5602         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
5603
5604     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
5605         """
5606         GetSetText(self) -> bool
5607
5608         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5609         wxWidgets internal use only.
5610         """
5611         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
5612
5613     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5614         """
5615         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5616
5617         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5618         internal use only.
5619         """
5620         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5621
5622     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5623         """
5624         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5625
5626         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5627         internal use only.
5628         """
5629         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5630
5631     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5632         """
5633         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
5634
5635         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
5636         internal use only.
5637         """
5638         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5639
5640     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
5641         """
5642         Check(self, bool check)
5643
5644         Check or uncheck the UI element.
5645         """
5646         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
5647
5648     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
5649         """
5650         Enable(self, bool enable)
5651
5652         Enable or disable the UI element.
5653         """
5654         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
5655
5656     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
5657         """
5658         Show(self, bool show)
5659
5660         Show or hide the UI element.
5661         """
5662         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
5663
5664     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
5665         """
5666         SetText(self, String text)
5667
5668         Sets the text for this UI element.
5669         """
5670         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
5671
5672     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5673         """
5674         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5675
5676         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5677         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5678         default is 0.
5679
5680         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5681         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5682         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5683         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5684         about to be shown.
5685         """
5686         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5687
5688     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
5689     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5690         """
5691         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5692
5693         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5694         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5695         """
5696         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5697
5698     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
5699     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5700         """
5701         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5702
5703         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5704         to) this window.
5705
5706         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5707         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5708         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5709         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5710         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5711         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5712         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5713         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5714         interval.
5715
5716         """
5717         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5718
5719     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
5720     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
5721         """
5722         ResetUpdateTime()
5723
5724         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5725         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5726         is called at the end of idle processing.
5727         """
5728         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
5729
5730     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
5731     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5732         """
5733         SetMode(int mode)
5734
5735         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5736         to those which specify that they will process the events.
5737
5738         The mode may be one of the following values:
5739
5740             =============================   ==========================================
5741             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5742                                             is the default setting.
5743             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5744                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5745                                             style set.
5746             =============================   ==========================================
5747
5748         """
5749         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5750
5751     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
5752     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5753         """
5754         GetMode() -> int
5755
5756         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5757         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5758         events.
5759         """
5760         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5761
5762     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
5763 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
5764
5765 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5766   """
5767     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5768
5769     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5770     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5771     default is 0.
5772
5773     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5774     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5775     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5776     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5777     about to be shown.
5778     """
5779   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5780
5781 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
5782   """
5783     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5784
5785     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5786     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5787     """
5788   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
5789
5790 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5791   """
5792     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5793
5794     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5795     to) this window.
5796
5797     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5798     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5799     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5800     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5801     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5802     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5803     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5804     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5805     interval.
5806
5807     """
5808   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5809
5810 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
5811   """
5812     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
5813
5814     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5815     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5816     is called at the end of idle processing.
5817     """
5818   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
5819
5820 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5821   """
5822     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
5823
5824     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5825     to those which specify that they will process the events.
5826
5827     The mode may be one of the following values:
5828
5829         =============================   ==========================================
5830         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5831                                         is the default setting.
5832         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5833                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5834                                         style set.
5835         =============================   ==========================================
5836
5837     """
5838   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5839
5840 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
5841   """
5842     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
5843
5844     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5845     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5846     events.
5847     """
5848   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
5849
5850 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5851
5852 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
5853     """
5854     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
5855     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
5856     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
5857
5858     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
5859     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
5860     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
5861     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
5862     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
5863
5864     """
5865     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5866     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5867     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5868         """
5869         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
5870
5871         Constructor
5872         """
5873         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5874 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
5875
5876 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5877
5878 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
5879     """
5880     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
5881     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
5882     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
5883     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
5884     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
5885
5886     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5887     """
5888     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5889     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5890     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5891         """
5892         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
5893
5894         Constructor
5895         """
5896         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5897     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5898         """
5899         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
5900
5901         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
5902         non-wxWidgets window.
5903         """
5904         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5905
5906 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
5907
5908 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5909
5910 class MouseCaptureLostEvent(Event):
5911     """
5912     A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
5913     capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
5914     example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
5915     the mouse.
5916
5917     If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
5918     capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
5919     didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
5920     if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
5921     ReleaseMouse.
5922
5923     This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
5924
5925     """
5926     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5927     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5928     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5929         """
5930         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> MouseCaptureLostEvent
5931
5932         A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
5933         capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
5934         example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
5935         the mouse.
5936
5937         If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
5938         capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
5939         didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
5940         if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
5941         ReleaseMouse.
5942
5943         This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
5944
5945         """
5946         _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureLostEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5947 _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureLostEvent)
5948
5949 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5950
5951 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
5952     """
5953     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
5954     resolution has changed.
5955
5956     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5957     """
5958     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5959     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5960     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5961         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
5962         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5963 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
5964
5965 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5966
5967 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
5968     """
5969     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5970     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5971     match.
5972
5973     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5974     """
5975     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5976     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5977     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5978         """
5979         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
5980
5981         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5982         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5983         match.
5984
5985         This event is implemented under Windows only.
5986         """
5987         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5988     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5989         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
5990         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5991
5992     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5993         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
5994         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5995
5996 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
5997
5998 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5999
6000 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
6001     """
6002     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
6003     focus and should re-do its palette.
6004
6005     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6006     """
6007     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6008     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6009     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6010         """
6011         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
6012
6013         Constructor.
6014         """
6015         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6016     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6017         """
6018         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
6019
6020         App should set this if it changes the palette.
6021         """
6022         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6023
6024     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6025         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
6026         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6027
6028 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
6029
6030 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6031
6032 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
6033     """
6034     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
6035     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
6036     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
6037     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
6038     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
6039     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
6040     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
6041     """
6042     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6043     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6044     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6045         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
6046         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6047     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6048         """
6049         GetDirection(self) -> bool
6050
6051         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6052         """
6053         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6054
6055     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6056         """
6057         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6058
6059         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
6060         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6061         """
6062         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6063
6064     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6065         """
6066         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6067
6068         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6069         """
6070         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6071
6072     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6073         """
6074         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6075
6076         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6077         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6078         by using Control-Tab.
6079         """
6080         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6081
6082     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6083         """
6084         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6085
6086         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6087         key.
6088         """
6089         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6090
6091     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6092         """
6093         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6094
6095         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6096         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6097         """
6098         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6099
6100     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
6101         """
6102         SetFlags(self, long flags)
6103
6104         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6105
6106             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6107             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6108             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6109             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6110
6111         """
6112         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6113
6114     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6115         """
6116         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6117
6118         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6119         ``None``.
6120         """
6121         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6122
6123     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6124         """
6125         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6126
6127         Set the window that has the focus.
6128         """
6129         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6130
6131     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6132     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6133     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6134     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6135 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6136
6137 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6138
6139 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6140     """
6141     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6142     underlying GUI object) exists.
6143     """
6144     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6145     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6146     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6147         """
6148         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6149
6150         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6151         underlying GUI object) exists.
6152         """
6153         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6154     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6155         """
6156         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6157
6158         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6159         """
6160         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6161
6162 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6163
6164 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6165     """
6166     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6167     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6168
6169     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6170     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6171     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6172     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6173     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6174     notification of the destruction of another window.
6175     """
6176     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6177     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6178     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6179         """
6180         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6181
6182         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6183         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6184
6185         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6186         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6187         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6188         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6189         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6190         notification of the destruction of another window.
6191         """
6192         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6193     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6194         """
6195         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6196
6197         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6198         """
6199         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6200
6201 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6202
6203 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6204
6205 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6206     """
6207     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6208     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6209     """
6210     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6211     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6212     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6213         """
6214         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6215
6216         Constructor.
6217         """
6218         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6219     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6220         """
6221         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6222
6223         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6224         be shown.
6225         """
6226         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6227
6228     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6229         """
6230         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6231
6232         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6233         """
6234         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6235
6236 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6237
6238 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6239
6240 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6241 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6242 class IdleEvent(Event):
6243     """
6244     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6245     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6246     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6247     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6248     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6249     events and then becomes empty again.
6250
6251     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6252     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6253     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6254     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6255     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6256     to those windows and not to any others.
6257     """
6258     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6259     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6260     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6261         """
6262         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6263
6264         Constructor
6265         """
6266         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6267     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6268         """
6269         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6270
6271         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6272         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6273         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6274         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6275         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6276         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6277         system.
6278         """
6279         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6280
6281     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6282         """
6283         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6284
6285         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6286         requested more processing time.
6287         """
6288         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6289
6290     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6291         """
6292         SetMode(int mode)
6293
6294         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6295         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6296         events.
6297
6298         The mode can be one of the following values:
6299
6300             =========================   ========================================
6301             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6302             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6303                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6304                                         flag set.
6305             =========================   ========================================
6306
6307         """
6308         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6309
6310     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6311     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6312         """
6313         GetMode() -> int
6314
6315         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6316         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6317         will process the events.
6318         """
6319         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6320
6321     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6322     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6323         """
6324         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6325
6326         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6327         window.
6328
6329         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6330         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6331         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6332         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6333         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6334         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6335         """
6336         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6337
6338     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6339 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6340
6341 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6342   """
6343     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6344
6345     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6346     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6347     events.
6348
6349     The mode can be one of the following values:
6350
6351         =========================   ========================================
6352         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6353         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6354                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6355                                     flag set.
6356         =========================   ========================================
6357
6358     """
6359   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6360
6361 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6362   """
6363     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6364
6365     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6366     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6367     will process the events.
6368     """
6369   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6370
6371 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6372   """
6373     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6374
6375     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6376     window.
6377
6378     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6379     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6380     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6381     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6382     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6383     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6384     """
6385   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6386
6387 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6388
6389 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6390     """
6391     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6392     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6393     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6394     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6395     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6396     """
6397     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6398     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6399     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6400         """
6401         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6402
6403         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6404         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6405         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6406         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6407         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6408         """
6409         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6410 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6411
6412 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6413
6414 class PyEvent(Event):
6415     """
6416     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6417     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6418     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6419     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6420     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6421
6422     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6423
6424     """
6425     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6426     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6427     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6428         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6429         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6430         self._SetSelf(self)
6431
6432     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6433     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6434     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6435         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6436         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6437
6438     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6439         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6440         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6441
6442 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6443
6444 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6445     """
6446     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6447     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6448     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6449     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6450     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6451     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6452
6453     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6454
6455     """
6456     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6457     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6458     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6459         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6460         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6461         self._SetSelf(self)
6462
6463     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6464     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6465     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6466         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6467         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6468
6469     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6470         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6471         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6472
6473 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6474
6475 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6476     """
6477     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6478     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6479     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6480     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6481     """
6482     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6483     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6484     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6485         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6486         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6487     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6488         """
6489         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6490
6491         Returns the date.
6492         """
6493         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6494
6495     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6496         """
6497         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6498
6499         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6500         internally.
6501         """
6502         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6503
6504 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6505
6506 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6507 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6508
6509 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6510
6511 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6512 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6513 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6514 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6515 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6516 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6517 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6518     """
6519     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6520     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6521     """
6522     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6523     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6524     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6525         """
6526         __init__(self) -> PyApp
6527
6528         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6529         """
6530         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
6531         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False)
6532         self._setOORInfo(self, False)
6533
6534     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
6535     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6536     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
6537         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6538         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
6539
6540     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6541         """
6542         GetAppName(self) -> String
6543
6544         Get the application name.
6545         """
6546         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6547
6548     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6549         """
6550         SetAppName(self, String name)
6551
6552         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6553         `wx.Config` and such.
6554         """
6555         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6556
6557     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6558         """
6559         GetClassName(self) -> String
6560
6561         Get the application's class name.
6562         """
6563         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6564
6565     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6566         """
6567         SetClassName(self, String name)
6568
6569         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6570         X-resources if applicable for the platform
6571         """
6572         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6573
6574     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6575         """
6576         GetVendorName(self) -> String
6577
6578         Get the application's vendor name.
6579         """
6580         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6581
6582     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6583         """
6584         SetVendorName(self, String name)
6585
6586         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6587         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6588         """
6589         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6590
6591     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
6592         """
6593         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6594
6595         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6596         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6597         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6598         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6599         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6600         differences behind the common facade.
6601
6602         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6603         """
6604         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
6605
6606     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6607         """
6608         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6609
6610         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6611         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6612         during each event loop iteration.
6613         """
6614         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6615
6616     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
6617         """
6618         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6619
6620         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6621         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
6622         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6623
6624         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6625               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6626               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6627               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6628
6629         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6630
6631         """
6632         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
6633
6634     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6635         """
6636         WakeUpIdle(self)
6637
6638         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6639         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6640         """
6641         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6642
6643     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
6644         """
6645         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6646
6647         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6648         currently be dispatched.
6649         """
6650         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
6651
6652     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
6653     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6654         """
6655         MainLoop(self) -> int
6656
6657         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6658         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6659         """
6660         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6661
6662     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
6663         """
6664         Exit(self)
6665
6666         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6667         :see: `wx.Exit`
6668         """
6669         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
6670
6671     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6672         """
6673         ExitMainLoop(self)
6674
6675         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6676         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6677         """
6678         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6679
6680     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
6681         """
6682         Pending(self) -> bool
6683
6684         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6685         """
6686         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
6687
6688     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
6689         """
6690         Dispatch(self) -> bool
6691
6692         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6693         appears if there are none currently)
6694         """
6695         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
6696
6697     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6698         """
6699         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6700
6701         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6702         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6703         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6704         """
6705         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6706
6707     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6708         """
6709         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6710
6711         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
6712         idle time is requested.
6713         """
6714         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6715
6716     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
6717         """
6718         IsActive(self) -> bool
6719
6720         Return True if our app has focus.
6721         """
6722         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
6723
6724     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6725         """
6726         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6727
6728         Set the *main* top level window
6729         """
6730         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6731
6732     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6733         """
6734         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
6735
6736         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
6737         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
6738         there not any, will return None)
6739         """
6740         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6741
6742     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6743         """
6744         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
6745
6746         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
6747         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
6748         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
6749         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
6750         explicitly from somewhere.
6751         """
6752         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6753
6754     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6755         """
6756         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
6757
6758         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
6759         """
6760         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6761
6762     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6763         """
6764         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
6765
6766         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
6767         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
6768         """
6769         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6770
6771     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6772         """
6773         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
6774
6775         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
6776         """
6777         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6778
6779     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6780         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
6781         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6782
6783     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6784         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
6785         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6786
6787     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6788         """
6789         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
6790
6791         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
6792         """
6793         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6794
6795     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6796         """
6797         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
6798
6799         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
6800         """
6801         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6802
6803     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6804         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6805         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6806
6807     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6808     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6809         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6810         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6811
6812     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6813     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6814         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6815         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6816
6817     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6818     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6819         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6820         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6821
6822     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
6823     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6824         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6825         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6826
6827     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6828     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6829         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6830         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6831
6832     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6833     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6834         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6835         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6836
6837     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6838     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6839         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6840         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6841
6842     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6843     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6844         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6845         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6846
6847     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
6848     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6849         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6850         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6851
6852     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6853     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
6854         """
6855         _BootstrapApp(self)
6856
6857         For internal use only
6858         """
6859         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
6860
6861     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
6862         """
6863         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6864
6865         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6866         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6867         """
6868         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
6869
6870     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
6871     def DisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs):
6872         """
6873         DisplayAvailable() -> bool
6874
6875         Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
6876         This will mean different things on the different platforms.
6877
6878            * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
6879              not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
6880              if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
6881
6882            * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
6883              able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
6884              remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
6885              of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
6886
6887            * On MS Windows...
6888
6889         """
6890         return _core_.PyApp_DisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs)
6891
6892     DisplayAvailable = staticmethod(DisplayAvailable)
6893 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
6894
6895 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
6896   """
6897     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6898
6899     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6900     currently be dispatched.
6901     """
6902   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
6903
6904 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
6905   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6906   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
6907
6908 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
6909   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6910   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
6911
6912 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
6913   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6914   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
6915
6916 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
6917   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6918   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
6919
6920 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
6921   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6922   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
6923
6924 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6925   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6926   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6927
6928 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6929   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6930   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6931
6932 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6933   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6934   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6935
6936 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6937   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6938   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6939
6940 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6941   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6942   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6943
6944 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
6945   """
6946     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6947
6948     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6949     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6950     """
6951   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
6952
6953 def PyApp_DisplayAvailable(*args):
6954   """
6955     PyApp_DisplayAvailable() -> bool
6956
6957     Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
6958     This will mean different things on the different platforms.
6959
6960        * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
6961          not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
6962          if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
6963
6964        * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
6965          able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
6966          remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
6967          of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
6968
6969        * On MS Windows...
6970
6971     """
6972   return _core_.PyApp_DisplayAvailable(*args)
6973
6974 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6975
6976
6977 def Exit(*args):
6978   """
6979     Exit()
6980
6981     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
6982     """
6983   return _core_.Exit(*args)
6984
6985 def Yield(*args):
6986   """
6987     Yield() -> bool
6988
6989     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
6990     """
6991   return _core_.Yield(*args)
6992
6993 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
6994   """
6995     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
6996
6997     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
6998     """
6999   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
7000
7001 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
7002   """
7003     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7004
7005     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
7006     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
7007     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
7008     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
7009     interaction.
7010
7011     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
7012     """
7013   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
7014
7015 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
7016   """
7017     WakeUpIdle()
7018
7019     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
7020     sent.
7021     """
7022   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
7023
7024 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
7025   """
7026     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
7027
7028     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
7029     later.
7030     """
7031   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
7032
7033 def App_CleanUp(*args):
7034   """
7035     App_CleanUp()
7036
7037     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
7038     Python shuts down.
7039     """
7040   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
7041
7042 def GetApp(*args):
7043   """
7044     GetApp() -> PyApp
7045
7046     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
7047     """
7048   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
7049
7050 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
7051   """
7052     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
7053
7054     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
7055     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7056
7057     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
7058     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
7059     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
7060     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
7061     between the common latin/roman encodings.
7062     """
7063   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
7064
7065 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
7066   """
7067     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
7068
7069     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
7070     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7071     """
7072   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
7073 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7074
7075 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
7076     """
7077     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
7078     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
7079     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
7080     and write the text there.
7081     """
7082     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
7083         self.frame  = None
7084         self.title  = title
7085         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
7086         self.size   = (450, 300)
7087         self.parent = None
7088
7089     def SetParent(self, parent):
7090         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
7091         self.parent = parent
7092
7093
7094     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
7095         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
7096                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
7097         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
7098                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
7099         self.text.AppendText(st)
7100         self.frame.Show(True)
7101         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
7102
7103
7104     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
7105         if self.frame is not None:
7106             self.frame.Destroy()
7107         self.frame = None
7108         self.text  = None
7109
7110
7111     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7112     def write(self, text):
7113         """
7114         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7115         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7116         CallAfter to do the work there.
7117         """
7118         if self.frame is None:
7119             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7120                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
7121             else:
7122                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
7123         else:
7124             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7125                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
7126             else:
7127                 self.text.AppendText(text)
7128
7129
7130     def close(self):
7131         if self.frame is not None:
7132             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
7133
7134
7135     def flush(self):
7136         pass
7137
7138
7139
7140 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7141
7142 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
7143
7144 class App(wx.PyApp):
7145     """
7146     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7147
7148       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7149         gui toolkit
7150       * set and get application-wide properties
7151       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7152         and to dispatch events to window instances
7153       * etc.
7154
7155     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7156     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7157     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7158     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7159
7160     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7161     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7162     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7163
7164     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7165            directly.
7166     """
7167
7168     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7169
7170     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7171                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7172         """
7173         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7174
7175         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7176             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7177             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7178             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7179             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7180             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7181             class of your choosing.)
7182
7183         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7184             redirect is True.
7185
7186         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7187             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7188             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7189             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7190             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7191             toolkit is initialized.
7192
7193         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7194             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7195             GUI apps will.
7196
7197         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7198             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7199             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7200         """
7201
7202         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7203
7204         # make sure we can create a GUI
7205         if not self.DisplayAvailable():
7206
7207             if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7208                 msg = """This program needs access to the screen.
7209 Please run with 'pythonw', not 'python', and only when you are logged
7210 in on the main display of your Mac."""
7211
7212             elif wx.Platform == "__WXGTK__":
7213                 msg ="Unable to access the X Display, is $DISPLAY set properly?"
7214
7215             else:
7216                 msg = "Unable to create GUI"
7217                 # TODO: more description is needed for wxMSW...
7218
7219             raise SystemExit(msg)
7220
7221         # This has to be done before OnInit
7222         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7223
7224         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7225         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7226         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7227         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7228         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7229         # expected (depending on platform.)
7230         if clearSigInt:
7231             try:
7232                 import signal
7233                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7234             except:
7235                 pass
7236
7237         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7238         self.stdioWin = None
7239         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7240         if redirect:
7241             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7242
7243         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7244         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7245
7246         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7247         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7248         self._BootstrapApp()
7249
7250
7251     def OnPreInit(self):
7252         """
7253         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7254         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7255         that OnInit is called.
7256         """
7257         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7258
7259
7260     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7261         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7262         destroy(self)
7263
7264     def Destroy(self):
7265         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7266         self.thisown = 0
7267
7268     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7269         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7270         if self.stdioWin:
7271             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7272         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7273
7274
7275     def MainLoop(self):
7276         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7277         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7278         self.RestoreStdio()
7279
7280
7281     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7282         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7283         if filename:
7284             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7285         else:
7286             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7287             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7288
7289
7290     def RestoreStdio(self):
7291         try:
7292             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7293         except:
7294             pass
7295
7296
7297     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7298         """
7299         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7300         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7301         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7302         """
7303         if self.stdioWin:
7304             if title is not None:
7305                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7306             if pos is not None:
7307                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7308             if size is not None:
7309                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7315 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7316 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7317 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7318 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7319 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7320 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7321 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7322 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7323 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7324 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7325 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7326
7327 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7328
7329 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7330     """
7331     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7332     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7333     about OnInit.  For example::
7334
7335         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7336         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7337         frame.Show()
7338         app.MainLoop()
7339
7340     :see: `wx.App`
7341     """
7342
7343     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7344                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7345         """
7346         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7347         """
7348         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7349
7350     def OnInit(self):
7351         return True
7352
7353
7354
7355 # Is anybody using this one?
7356 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7357     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7358         self.size = size
7359         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7360
7361     def OnInit(self):
7362         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7363         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7364         return True
7365
7366     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7367         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7368         self.frame.Show(True)
7369
7370 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7371 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7372 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7373 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7374 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7375
7376 class __wxPyCleanup:
7377     def __init__(self):
7378         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7379     def __del__(self):
7380         self.cleanup()
7381
7382 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7383
7384 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7385 ## import atexit
7386 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7387
7388
7389 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7390
7391 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7392
7393 class EventLoop(object):
7394     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7395     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7396     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7397     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7398         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7399         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7400     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7401     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7402     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7403         """Run(self) -> int"""
7404         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7405
7406     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7407         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7408         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7409
7410     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7411         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7412         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7413
7414     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7415         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7416         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7417
7418     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7419         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7420         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7421
7422     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7423         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7424         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7425
7426     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7427     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7428         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7429         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7430
7431     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7432 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7433
7434 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7435   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7436   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7437
7438 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7439   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7440   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7441
7442 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7443     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7444     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7445     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7446     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7447         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7448         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7449     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7450     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7451 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7452
7453 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7454
7455 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
7456 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
7457 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
7458 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
7459 ACCEL_CMD = _core_.ACCEL_CMD
7460 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7461     """
7462     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7463     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7464     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7465     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7466
7467     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7468     """
7469     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7470     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7471     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7472         """
7473         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7474
7475         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7476         """
7477         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7478     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7479     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7480     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7481         """
7482         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7483
7484         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7485         :see `__init__`
7486         """
7487         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7488
7489     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
7490         """
7491         GetFlags(self) -> int
7492
7493         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7494         """
7495         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
7496
7497     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
7498         """
7499         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7500
7501         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7502         """
7503         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
7504
7505     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
7506         """
7507         GetCommand(self) -> int
7508
7509         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7510         """
7511         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
7512
7513 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
7514
7515 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
7516     """
7517     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7518     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7519     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7520     supported.
7521     """
7522     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7523     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7524     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7525         """
7526         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7527
7528         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7529         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7530
7531         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7532         """
7533         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
7534     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
7535     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7536     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
7537         """Ok(self) -> bool"""
7538         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
7539
7540 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
7541
7542
7543 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
7544   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7545   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
7546 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7547
7548 class VisualAttributes(object):
7549     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7550     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7551     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7552     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7553         """
7554         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7555
7556         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7557         """
7558         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
7559     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
7560     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7561     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
7562     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
7563     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
7564 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
7565 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
7566 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
7567
7568 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7569 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7570 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7571 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7572 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7573 class Window(EvtHandler):
7574     """
7575     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7576     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7577     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7578     appear on screen themselves.
7579
7580     """
7581     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7582     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7583     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7584         """
7585         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7586             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7587
7588         Construct and show a generic Window.
7589         """
7590         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
7591         self._setOORInfo(self)
7592
7593     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7594         """
7595         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7596             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7597
7598         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7599         """
7600         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7601
7602     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
7603         """
7604         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7605
7606         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7607         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7608         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7609         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7610         """
7611         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
7612
7613     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
7614         """
7615         Destroy(self) -> bool
7616
7617         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7618         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7619         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7620         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7621         non-existent windows.
7622
7623         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7624         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7625         """
7626         val = _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
7627         args[0].thisown = 0
7628         return val
7629
7630     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
7631         """
7632         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7633
7634         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7635         destructor.
7636         """
7637         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
7638
7639     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
7640         """
7641         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7642
7643         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7644         """
7645         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
7646
7647     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7648         """
7649         SetLabel(self, String label)
7650
7651         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7652         """
7653         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7654
7655     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7656         """
7657         GetLabel(self) -> String
7658
7659         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7660         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7661         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7662         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7663         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7664         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7665         """
7666         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7667
7668     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
7669         """
7670         SetName(self, String name)
7671
7672         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
7673         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7674         """
7675         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
7676
7677     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
7678         """
7679         GetName(self) -> String
7680
7681         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7682         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7683         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7684         """
7685         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
7686
7687     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7688         """
7689         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7690
7691         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7692         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7693         """
7694         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7695
7696     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7697         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7698         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7699
7700     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
7701         """
7702         SetId(self, int winid)
7703
7704         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7705         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7706         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7707         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7708         """
7709         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
7710
7711     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
7712         """
7713         GetId(self) -> int
7714
7715         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7716         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7717         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7718         generated.
7719         """
7720         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
7721
7722     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7723         """
7724         NewControlId() -> int
7725
7726         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
7727         """
7728         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7729
7730     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
7731     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7732         """
7733         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
7734
7735         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
7736         autogenerated) id
7737         """
7738         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7739
7740     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
7741     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7742         """
7743         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
7744
7745         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
7746         autogenerated) id
7747         """
7748         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7749
7750     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
7751     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7752         """
7753         SetSize(self, Size size)
7754
7755         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7756         """
7757         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7758
7759     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
7760         """
7761         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7762
7763         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
7764         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
7765         equal to -1.
7766
7767             ========================  ======================================
7768             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
7769                                       default should be used.
7770             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
7771                                       -1 values are supplied.
7772             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
7773                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
7774                                       default values.
7775             ========================  ======================================
7776
7777         """
7778         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
7779
7780     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7781         """
7782         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7783
7784         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
7785         """
7786         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7787
7788     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7789         """
7790         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7791
7792         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7793         """
7794         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7795
7796     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
7797         """
7798         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7799
7800         Moves the window to the given position.
7801         """
7802         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
7803
7804     SetPosition = Move
7805     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
7806         """
7807         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7808
7809         Moves the window to the given position.
7810         """
7811         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
7812
7813     def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7814         """
7815         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
7816
7817         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
7818         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
7819         """
7820         return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7821
7822     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
7823         """
7824         Raise(self)
7825
7826         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
7827         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7828         """
7829         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
7830
7831     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
7832         """
7833         Lower(self)
7834
7835         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
7836         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7837         """
7838         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
7839
7840     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7841         """
7842         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
7843
7844         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7845         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7846         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7847         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7848         around panel items, for example.
7849         """
7850         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7851
7852     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7853         """
7854         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7855
7856         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7857         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7858         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7859         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7860         around panel items, for example.
7861         """
7862         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7863
7864     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7865         """
7866         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
7867
7868         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7869         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7870         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7871         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7872         around panel items, for example.
7873         """
7874         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7875
7876     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7877         """
7878         GetPosition(self) -> Point
7879
7880         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7881         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7882         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7883         kinds of windows.
7884         """
7885         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7886
7887     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7888         """
7889         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7890
7891         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7892         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7893         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7894         kinds of windows.
7895         """
7896         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7897
7898     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7899         """
7900         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
7901
7902         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7903         """
7904         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7905
7906     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7907         """
7908         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7909
7910         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7911         """
7912         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7913
7914     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
7915         """
7916         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
7917
7918         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
7919         a `wx.Rect` object.
7920         """
7921         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
7922
7923     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7924         """
7925         GetSize(self) -> Size
7926
7927         Get the window size.
7928         """
7929         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7930
7931     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7932         """
7933         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7934
7935         Get the window size.
7936         """
7937         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7938
7939     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7940         """
7941         GetRect(self) -> Rect
7942
7943         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
7944         """
7945         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7946
7947     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7948         """
7949         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
7950
7951         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7952         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7953         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7954         """
7955         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7956
7957     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7958         """
7959         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7960
7961         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7962         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7963         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7964         """
7965         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7966
7967     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
7968         """
7969         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
7970
7971         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
7972         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
7973         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
7974         """
7975         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
7976
7977     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7978         """
7979         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
7980
7981         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
7982         """
7983         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7984
7985     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7986         """
7987         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
7988
7989         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7990         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7991         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7992         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7993         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7994         after calling Fit.
7995         """
7996         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7997
7998     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7999         """
8000         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8001
8002         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8003         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8004         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8005         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8006         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8007         after calling Fit.
8008         """
8009         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8010
8011     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8012         """
8013         InvalidateBestSize(self)
8014
8015         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
8016         time it is needed.
8017         """
8018         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8019
8020     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8021         """
8022         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
8023
8024         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
8025         some properties of the window change.)
8026         """
8027         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8028
8029     def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
8030         """
8031         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
8032
8033         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
8034         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
8035         the results.
8036
8037         """
8038         return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
8039
8040     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8041         """
8042         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
8043
8044         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
8045         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
8046         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
8047         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
8048         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
8049         tolerate.
8050         """
8051         return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8052
8053     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
8054         """
8055         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
8056
8057         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
8058         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
8059         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
8060         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
8061         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
8062         relative to the screen.
8063         """
8064         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
8065
8066     Centre = Center
8067     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
8068         """
8069         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
8070
8071         Center with respect to the the parent window
8072         """
8073         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
8074
8075     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
8076     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
8077         """
8078         Fit(self)
8079
8080         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
8081         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
8082         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
8083         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
8084         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
8085         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
8086         instead of calling Fit.
8087         """
8088         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
8089
8090     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
8091         """
8092         FitInside(self)
8093
8094         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
8095         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
8096         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
8097         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
8098         anything if there are no subwindows.
8099         """
8100         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
8101
8102     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8103         """
8104         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
8105             int incH=-1)
8106
8107         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8108         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8109         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8110         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8111         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8112         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8113
8114         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8115         """
8116         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8117
8118     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8119         """
8120         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
8121
8122         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8123         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8124         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8125         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8126         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8127         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8128
8129         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8130         """
8131         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8132
8133     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8134         """
8135         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
8136
8137         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8138         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8139         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8140         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8141         """
8142         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8143
8144     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8145         """
8146         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8147
8148         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8149         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8150         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8151         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8152         """
8153         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8154
8155     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8156         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8157         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8158
8159     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8160         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8161         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8162
8163     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8164         """
8165         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8166
8167         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8168         min size.
8169         """
8170         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8171
8172     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8173         """
8174         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8175
8176         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8177         max size.
8178         """
8179         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8180
8181     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8182         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8183         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8184
8185     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8186         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8187         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8188
8189     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8190         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8191         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8192
8193     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8194         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8195         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8196
8197     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8198         """
8199         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8200
8201         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8202         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8203         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8204         """
8205         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8206
8207     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8208         """
8209         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8210
8211         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8212         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8213         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8214         """
8215         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8216
8217     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8218         """
8219         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8220
8221         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8222         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8223         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8224         """
8225         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8226
8227     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8228         """
8229         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8230
8231         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8232         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8233         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8234         """
8235         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8236
8237     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8238         """
8239         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8240
8241         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8242         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8243         """
8244         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8245
8246     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8247         """
8248         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8249
8250         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8251         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8252         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8253         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8254         because it already was in the requested state.
8255         """
8256         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8257
8258     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8259         """
8260         Hide(self) -> bool
8261
8262         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8263         """
8264         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8265
8266     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8267         """
8268         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8269
8270         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8271         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8272         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8273         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8274         window had already been in the specified state.
8275         """
8276         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8277
8278     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8279         """
8280         Disable(self) -> bool
8281
8282         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8283         """
8284         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8285
8286     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8287         """
8288         IsShown(self) -> bool
8289
8290         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8291         """
8292         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8293
8294     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8295         """
8296         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8297
8298         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8299         """
8300         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8301
8302     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8303         """
8304         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8305
8306         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8307         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8308         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8309         immediately.
8310         """
8311         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8312
8313     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8314         """
8315         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8316
8317         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8318         method.
8319         """
8320         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8321
8322     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8323     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8324         """
8325         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8326
8327         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8328         """
8329         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8330
8331     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8332         """
8333         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8334
8335         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8336         windows are only available on X platforms.
8337         """
8338         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8339
8340     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8341         """
8342         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8343
8344         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8345         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8346         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8347         """
8348         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8349
8350     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8351         """
8352         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8353
8354         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8355         """
8356         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8357
8358     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8359         """
8360         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8361
8362         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8363         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8364         effect.
8365         """
8366         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8367
8368     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8369         """
8370         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8371
8372         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8373          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8374          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8375          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8376          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8377          user's selected theme.
8378
8379         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8380         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8381         """
8382         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8383
8384     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8385         """
8386         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8387
8388         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8389         """
8390         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8391
8392     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8393         """
8394         SetFocus(self)
8395
8396         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8397         """
8398         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8399
8400     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8401         """
8402         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8403
8404         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8405         only called internally.
8406         """
8407         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
8408
8409     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8410         """
8411         FindFocus() -> Window
8412
8413         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8414         or None.
8415         """
8416         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8417
8418     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
8419     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8420         """
8421         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8422
8423         Can this window have focus?
8424         """
8425         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8426
8427     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
8428         """
8429         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8430
8431         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8432         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8433         it.
8434         """
8435         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
8436
8437     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
8438         """
8439         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8440
8441         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8442         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8443         """
8444         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
8445
8446     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8447         """
8448         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8449
8450         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8451         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8452         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8453
8454         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
8455         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8456         windows.
8457
8458         """
8459         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8460
8461     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8462         """
8463         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8464
8465         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8466         before win instead of putting it right after it.
8467         """
8468         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8469
8470     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8471         """
8472         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8473
8474         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
8475         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8476         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8477         do not change.
8478         """
8479         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8480
8481     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
8482         """
8483         GetParent(self) -> Window
8484
8485         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8486         """
8487         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
8488
8489     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
8490         """
8491         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8492
8493         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8494         isn't one.
8495         """
8496         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
8497
8498     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
8499         """
8500         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8501
8502         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8503         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8504         if they have a parent window).
8505         """
8506         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
8507
8508     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
8509         """
8510         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8511
8512         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8513         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8514         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
8515         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8516         oldParent)
8517         """
8518         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
8519
8520     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
8521         """
8522         AddChild(self, Window child)
8523
8524         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8525         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8526         """
8527         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
8528
8529     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
8530         """
8531         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8532
8533         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8534         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8535         programmer.
8536         """
8537         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
8538
8539     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
8540         """
8541         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
8542
8543         Currently wxGTK2 only.
8544         """
8545         return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
8546
8547     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
8548         """
8549         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8550
8551         Find a chld of this window by window ID
8552         """
8553         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
8554
8555     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
8556         """
8557         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8558
8559         Find a child of this window by name
8560         """
8561         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
8562
8563     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8564         """
8565         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8566
8567         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8568         its own event handler.
8569         """
8570         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8571
8572     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8573         """
8574         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8575
8576         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
8577         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,
8578         the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to
8579         substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of
8580         event-handling for a variety of different window classes.
8581
8582         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8583         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8584         handler is handed to the next one in the chain.
8585         """
8586         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8587
8588     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8589         """
8590         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8591
8592         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8593         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8594         sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but
8595         an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow
8596         central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different
8597         window classes.
8598
8599         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8600         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8601         handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to
8602         remove the event handler.
8603         """
8604         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8605
8606     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8607         """
8608         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8609
8610         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8611         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8612         destroyed after it is popped.
8613         """
8614         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8615
8616     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8617         """
8618         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8619
8620         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8621         delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found
8622         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8623         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8624         there.)
8625         """
8626         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8627
8628     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8629         """
8630         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8631
8632         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8633         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8634         type.
8635         """
8636         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8637
8638     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8639         """
8640         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8641
8642         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8643         there is none.
8644         """
8645         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8646
8647     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
8648         """
8649         Validate(self) -> bool
8650
8651         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8652         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8653         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8654         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8655         """
8656         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
8657
8658     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8659         """
8660         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8661
8662         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8663         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8664         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8665         all child windows.
8666         """
8667         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8668
8669     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8670         """
8671         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8672
8673         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8674         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
8675         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8676         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8677         """
8678         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8679
8680     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8681         """
8682         InitDialog(self)
8683
8684         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
8685         to the dialog via validators.
8686         """
8687         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8688
8689     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8690         """
8691         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
8692
8693         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
8694         """
8695         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8696
8697     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8698         """
8699         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
8700
8701         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
8702         """
8703         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8704
8705     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8706         """
8707         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
8708
8709         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
8710         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
8711         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
8712         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
8713         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
8714         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
8715         hotkey was registered successfully.
8716         """
8717         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8718
8719     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8720         """
8721         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
8722
8723         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
8724         """
8725         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8726
8727     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8728         """
8729         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
8730
8731         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8732         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8733         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8734         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8735         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8736         then divided by 8.
8737         """
8738         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8739
8740     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8741         """
8742         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
8743
8744         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8745         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8746         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8747         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8748         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8749         then divided by 8.
8750         """
8751         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8752
8753     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
8754         """
8755         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
8756
8757         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8758         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8759         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8760         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8761         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8762         then divided by 8.
8763         """
8764         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
8765
8766     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
8767         """
8768         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
8769
8770         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8771         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8772         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8773         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8774         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8775         then divided by 8.
8776         """
8777         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
8778
8779     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8780         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
8781         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8782
8783     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8784         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
8785         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8786
8787     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
8788         """
8789         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
8790
8791         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
8792
8793         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
8794         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
8795         """
8796         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
8797
8798     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8799         """
8800         CaptureMouse(self)
8801
8802         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
8803         release the capture.
8804
8805         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
8806         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
8807         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
8808         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
8809         release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window
8810         receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.
8811
8812         Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some
8813         operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this
8814         operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not
8815         recapture mouse.
8816         """
8817         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8818
8819     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8820         """
8821         ReleaseMouse(self)
8822
8823         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
8824         """
8825         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8826
8827     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8828         """
8829         GetCapture() -> Window
8830
8831         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
8832         """
8833         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8834
8835     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
8836     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8837         """
8838         HasCapture(self) -> bool
8839
8840         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
8841         """
8842         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8843
8844     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
8845         """
8846         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
8847
8848         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
8849         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
8850         to the window.
8851         """
8852         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
8853
8854     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
8855         """
8856         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
8857
8858         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
8859         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
8860         """
8861         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
8862
8863     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
8864         """
8865         Update(self)
8866
8867         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
8868         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
8869         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
8870         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
8871         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh
8872         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
8873         it) unconditionally.
8874         """
8875         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
8876
8877     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8878         """
8879         ClearBackground(self)
8880
8881         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
8882         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
8883         """
8884         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8885
8886     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
8887         """
8888         Freeze(self)
8889
8890         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
8891         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
8892         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
8893         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
8894         been undone.
8895
8896         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
8897         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
8898         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
8899         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
8900         mandatory directive.
8901         """
8902         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
8903
8904     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
8905         """
8906         Thaw(self)
8907
8908         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
8909         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
8910         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
8911         """
8912         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
8913
8914     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
8915         """
8916         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
8917
8918         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
8919         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
8920         scroll position.
8921         """
8922         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
8923
8924     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
8925         """
8926         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
8927
8928         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
8929         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
8930         """
8931         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
8932
8933     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8934         """
8935         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
8936
8937         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
8938         """
8939         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8940
8941     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
8942         """
8943         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
8944
8945         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8946         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8947         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8948         exposed.
8949         """
8950         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
8951
8952     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
8953         """
8954         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
8955
8956         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8957         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8958         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8959         exposed.
8960         """
8961         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
8962
8963     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
8964         """
8965         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
8966
8967         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8968         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8969         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8970         exposed.
8971         """
8972         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
8973
8974     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8975         """
8976         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
8977
8978         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
8979         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
8980         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
8981         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
8982         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8983         """
8984         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8985
8986     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8987         """
8988         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
8989
8990         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
8991         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
8992         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
8993         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
8994         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8995
8996         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
8997         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
8998         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
8999         this.
9000         """
9001         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9002
9003     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
9004     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9005         """
9006         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9007
9008         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
9009         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
9010         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
9011         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
9012         to the default background colour.
9013
9014         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
9015         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
9016         calling this function.
9017
9018         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
9019         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
9020         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
9021         applications on the system.
9022         """
9023         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9024
9025     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9026         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9027         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9028
9029     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9030         """
9031         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9032
9033         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
9034         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
9035         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
9036         not be used at all.
9037         """
9038         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9039
9040     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9041         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9042         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9043
9044     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9045         """
9046         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
9047
9048         Returns the background colour of the window.
9049         """
9050         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9051
9052     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9053         """
9054         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
9055
9056         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
9057         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
9058         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
9059         """
9060         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9061
9062     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9063         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
9064         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9065
9066     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
9067         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
9068         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
9069
9070     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9071         """
9072         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
9073
9074         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
9075         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
9076
9077             ======================  ========================================
9078             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
9079                                     be determined by the system
9080             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
9081             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
9082                                     application.
9083             ======================  ========================================
9084
9085         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
9086         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
9087         no effect on other platforms.
9088
9089         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
9090         """
9091         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9092
9093     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9094         """
9095         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
9096
9097         Returns the background style of the window.
9098
9099         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
9100         """
9101         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9102
9103     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9104         """
9105         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
9106
9107         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
9108         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
9109         background.
9110
9111         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
9112         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
9113         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
9114         correctly.
9115         """
9116         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9117
9118     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9119         """
9120         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
9121
9122         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
9123         for the children of the window implicitly.
9124
9125         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
9126         be reset back to default.
9127         """
9128         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9129
9130     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9131         """
9132         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9133
9134         Return the cursor associated with this window.
9135         """
9136         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9137
9138     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9139         """
9140         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9141
9142         Sets the font for this window.
9143         """
9144         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9145
9146     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9147         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9148         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9149
9150     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9151         """
9152         GetFont(self) -> Font
9153
9154         Returns the default font used for this window.
9155         """
9156         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9157
9158     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9159         """
9160         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9161
9162         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9163         """
9164         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9165
9166     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9167         """
9168         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9169
9170         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9171         """
9172         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9173
9174     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9175         """
9176         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9177
9178         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9179         """
9180         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9181
9182     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9183         """
9184         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9185
9186         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9187         """
9188         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9189
9190     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9191         """
9192         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9193
9194         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9195         """
9196         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9197
9198     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9199         """
9200         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9201            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9202
9203         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9204         current or specified font.
9205         """
9206         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9207
9208     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9209         """
9210         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9211
9212         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9213         """
9214         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9215
9216     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9217         """
9218         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9219
9220         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9221         """
9222         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9223
9224     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9225         """
9226         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9227
9228         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9229         """
9230         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9231
9232     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9233         """
9234         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9235
9236         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9237         """
9238         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9239
9240     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9241         """
9242         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9243
9244         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9245         """
9246         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9247
9248     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9249         """
9250         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9251
9252         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9253         """
9254         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9255
9256     def GetBorder(*args):
9257         """
9258         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9259         GetBorder(self) -> int
9260
9261         Get border for the flags of this window
9262         """
9263         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9264
9265     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9266         """
9267         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9268
9269         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9270         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9271         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9272         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9273         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9274         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9275         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9276         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9277         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9278         in idle time.
9279         """
9280         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9281
9282     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9283         """
9284         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9285
9286         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9287         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9288         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9289         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9290         mouse cursor will be used.
9291         """
9292         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9293
9294     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9295         """
9296         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9297
9298         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9299         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9300         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9301         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9302         mouse cursor will be used.
9303         """
9304         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9305
9306     def HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs):
9307         """HasMultiplePages(self) -> bool"""
9308         return _core_.Window_HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs)
9309
9310     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9311         """
9312         GetHandle(self) -> long
9313
9314         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9315         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9316         toplevel parent of the window.
9317         """
9318         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9319
9320     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9321         """
9322         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9323
9324         Associate the window with a new native handle
9325         """
9326         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9327
9328     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9329         """
9330         DissociateHandle(self)
9331
9332         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9333         """
9334         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9335
9336     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9337         """
9338         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9339
9340         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9341         """
9342         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9343
9344     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9345         """
9346         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9347             bool refresh=True)
9348
9349         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9350         """
9351         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9352
9353     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9354         """
9355         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9356
9357         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9358         """
9359         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9360
9361     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9362         """
9363         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9364
9365         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9366         """
9367         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9368
9369     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9370         """
9371         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9372
9373         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9374         """
9375         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9376
9377     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9378         """
9379         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9380
9381         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9382         """
9383         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
9384
9385     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9386         """
9387         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9388
9389         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9390         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9391         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9392         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9393         """
9394         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9395
9396     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
9397         """
9398         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9399
9400         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9401         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9402         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9403         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9404         """
9405         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
9406
9407     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
9408         """
9409         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9410
9411         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9412         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9413         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9414         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9415         """
9416         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
9417
9418     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
9419         """
9420         LineUp(self) -> bool
9421
9422         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9423         """
9424         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
9425
9426     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
9427         """
9428         LineDown(self) -> bool
9429
9430         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9431         """
9432         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
9433
9434     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
9435         """
9436         PageUp(self) -> bool
9437
9438         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9439         """
9440         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
9441
9442     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
9443         """
9444         PageDown(self) -> bool
9445
9446         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9447         """
9448         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
9449
9450     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9451         """
9452         SetHelpText(self, String text)
9453
9454         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9455         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9456         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9457         """
9458         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9459
9460     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
9461         """
9462         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9463
9464         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9465         one.
9466         """
9467         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
9468
9469     def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9470         """
9471         GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String
9472
9473         Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.
9474
9475         Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
9476         and this method should return the global window help text then
9477
9478         """
9479         return _core_.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9480
9481     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9482         """
9483         GetHelpText(self) -> String
9484
9485         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9486         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9487         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9488         """
9489         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9490
9491     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
9492         """
9493         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9494
9495         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9496         """
9497         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
9498
9499     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9500         """
9501         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9502
9503         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9504         """
9505         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9506
9507     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9508         """
9509         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9510
9511         get the associated tooltip or None if none
9512         """
9513         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9514
9515     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9516         """
9517         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9518
9519         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
9520         a drop target, it is deleted.
9521         """
9522         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9523
9524     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9525         """
9526         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9527
9528         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9529         """
9530         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9531
9532     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
9533         """
9534         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9535
9536         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9537         Only functional on Windows.
9538         """
9539         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
9540
9541     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9542         """
9543         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9544
9545         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9546         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9547         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9548         constraints.
9549
9550         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9551         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9552         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9553         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9554         effect.
9555         """
9556         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9557
9558     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9559         """
9560         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9561
9562         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9563         are none.
9564         """
9565         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9566
9567     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9568         """
9569         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9570
9571         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9572         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
9573         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
9574         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
9575
9576         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
9577         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
9578         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9579         """
9580         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9581
9582     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9583         """
9584         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9585
9586         Returns the current autoLayout setting
9587         """
9588         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9589
9590     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
9591         """
9592         Layout(self) -> bool
9593
9594         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9595         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9596         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9597         handler when the window is resized.
9598         """
9599         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
9600
9601     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9602         """
9603         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9604
9605         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9606         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9607         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9608         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9609         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9610         non-None, and False otherwise.
9611         """
9612         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9613
9614     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
9615         """
9616         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9617
9618         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9619         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9620         """
9621         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
9622
9623     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9624         """
9625         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9626
9627         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9628         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9629         """
9630         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9631
9632     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9633         """
9634         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9635
9636         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9637         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9638         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9639         """
9640         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9641
9642     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9643         """
9644         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9645
9646         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9647         """
9648         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9649
9650     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9651         """
9652         InheritAttributes(self)
9653
9654         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
9655         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
9656         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
9657         colours.
9658
9659         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
9660         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
9661         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
9662         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
9663         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
9664         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
9665         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
9666         no matter what and only the font might.
9667
9668         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
9669         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
9670         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
9671         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
9672         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
9673         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
9674         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
9675         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
9676         parents attributes.
9677
9678         """
9679         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9680
9681     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
9682         """
9683         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
9684
9685         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
9686         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
9687         from the parent window.
9688
9689         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
9690         wxControl where it returns true.
9691         """
9692         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
9693
9694     def CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
9695         """
9696         CanSetTransparent(self) -> bool
9697
9698         Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for
9699         this window.  Note that this method will err on the side of caution,
9700         so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact
9701         possible to set the transparency.
9702
9703         NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite
9704         extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such
9705         as xcompmgr) running.
9706         """
9707         return _core_.Window_CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
9708
9709     def SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
9710         """
9711         SetTransparent(self, byte alpha) -> bool
9712
9713         Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,
9714         returns True on success.  The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the
9715         range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully
9716         opaque.
9717         """
9718         return _core_.Window_SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
9719
9720     def PostCreate(self, pre):
9721         """
9722         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
9723         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
9724         """
9725         self.this = pre.this
9726         self.thisown = pre.thisown
9727         pre.thisown = 0
9728         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
9729             self._setOORInfo(self)
9730         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
9731             self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__)
9732
9733     def SendSizeEvent(self):
9734         self.GetEventHandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
9735
9736 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
9737
9738 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9739     """
9740     PreWindow() -> Window
9741
9742     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
9743     """
9744     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9745     return val
9746
9747 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
9748   """
9749     Window_NewControlId() -> int
9750
9751     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
9752     """
9753   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
9754
9755 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9756   """
9757     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
9758
9759     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
9760     autogenerated) id
9761     """
9762   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9763
9764 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9765   """
9766     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
9767
9768     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
9769     autogenerated) id
9770     """
9771   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9772
9773 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
9774   """
9775     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
9776
9777     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9778     or None.
9779     """
9780   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
9781
9782 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
9783   """
9784     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
9785
9786     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9787     """
9788   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
9789
9790 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9791   """
9792     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9793
9794     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9795     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9796     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9797     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9798     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9799
9800     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9801     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9802     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9803     this.
9804     """
9805   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9806
9807 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
9808     """
9809     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
9810     dialog units to pixel units.
9811     """
9812     if y is None:
9813         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
9814     else:
9815         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
9816
9817 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
9818     """
9819     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
9820     dialog units to pixel units.
9821     """
9822     if height is None:
9823         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
9824     else:
9825         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
9826
9827
9828 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
9829   """
9830     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
9831
9832     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
9833     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
9834     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9835     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9836     """
9837   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
9838
9839 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
9840   """
9841     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
9842
9843     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
9844     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
9845     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
9846     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
9847     cases.
9848
9849     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
9850     """
9851   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
9852
9853 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9854   """
9855     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
9856
9857     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
9858     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
9859     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
9860     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9861     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9862     """
9863   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9864
9865 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
9866   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
9867   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
9868
9869 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
9870   """
9871     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
9872
9873     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
9874     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
9875     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
9876     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
9877
9878     """
9879   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
9880 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9881
9882 class Validator(EvtHandler):
9883     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
9884     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9885     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9886     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9887         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
9888         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
9889         self._setOORInfo(self)
9890
9891     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
9892         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
9893         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
9894
9895     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
9896         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
9897         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
9898
9899     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9900         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
9901         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9902
9903     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9904         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
9905         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9906
9907     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9908         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
9909         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9910
9911     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9912         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
9913         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9914
9915     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
9916         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
9917         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
9918
9919     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
9920     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9921         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9922         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9923
9924     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
9925 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
9926
9927 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
9928   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
9929   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
9930
9931 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9932   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9933   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9934
9935 class PyValidator(Validator):
9936     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
9937     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9938     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9939     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9940         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
9941         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
9942
9943         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1)
9944         self._setOORInfo(self)
9945
9946     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
9947         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
9948         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
9949
9950 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
9951
9952 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9953
9954 class Menu(EvtHandler):
9955     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
9956     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9957     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9958     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9959         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
9960         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
9961         self._setOORInfo(self)
9962
9963     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
9964         """Append(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9965         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
9966
9967     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9968         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9969         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9970
9971     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9972         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9973         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9974
9975     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9976         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9977         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9978
9979     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9980         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9981         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9982
9983     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9984         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9985         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9986
9987     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
9988         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9989         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
9990
9991     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
9992         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9993         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
9994
9995     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
9996         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9997         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
9998
9999     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
10000         """Break(self)"""
10001         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
10002
10003     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10004         """
10005         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString,
10006             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10007         """
10008         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10009
10010     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10011         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
10012         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10013
10014     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10015         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10016         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10017
10018     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10019         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10020         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10021
10022     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10023         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10024         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10025
10026     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
10027         """Prepend(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
10028         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
10029
10030     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10031         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10032         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10033
10034     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10035         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10036         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10037
10038     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10039         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10040         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10041
10042     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10043         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10044         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10045
10046     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10047         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10048         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10049
10050     def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs):
10051         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10052         return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs)
10053
10054     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10055         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
10056         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10057
10058     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
10059         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10060         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
10061
10062     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
10063         """
10064         Destroy(self)
10065
10066         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10067         """
10068         val = _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
10069         args[0].thisown = 0
10070         return val
10071
10072     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
10073         """
10074         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool
10075
10076         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10077         """
10078         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
10079         args[0].thisown = 0
10080         return val
10081
10082     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
10083         """
10084         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool
10085
10086         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10087         """
10088         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
10089         args[0].thisown = 0
10090         return val
10091
10092     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
10093         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
10094         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
10095
10096     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
10097         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
10098         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
10099
10100     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
10101         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
10102         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
10103
10104     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10105         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10106         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10107
10108     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10109         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
10110         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10111
10112     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10113         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10114         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10115
10116     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10117         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10118         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10119
10120     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10121         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10122         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10123
10124     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10125         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10126         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10127
10128     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10129         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10130         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10131
10132     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10133         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10134         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10135
10136     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10137         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10138         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10139
10140     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10141         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10142         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10143
10144     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10145         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
10146         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10147
10148     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10149         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
10150         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10151
10152     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10153         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
10154         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10155
10156     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10157         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
10158         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10159
10160     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10161         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
10162         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10163
10164     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10165         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
10166         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10167
10168     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
10169         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
10170         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
10171
10172     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
10173         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
10174         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
10175
10176     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
10177         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
10178         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
10179
10180     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10181         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
10182         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10183
10184     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10185         """Detach(self)"""
10186         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10187
10188     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10189         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10190         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10191
10192     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10193         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10194         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10195
10196     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10197         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10198         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10199
10200 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10201 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10202
10203 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10204
10205 class MenuBar(Window):
10206     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10207     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10208     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10209     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10210         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10211         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10212         self._setOORInfo(self)
10213
10214     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10215         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10216         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10217
10218     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10219         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10220         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10221
10222     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10223         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10224         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10225
10226     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10227         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10228         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10229
10230     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10231         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10232         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10233
10234     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10235         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10236         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10237
10238     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10239         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10240         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10241
10242     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10243         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10244         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10245
10246     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10247         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10248         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10249
10250     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10251         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10252         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10253
10254     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10255         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10256         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10257
10258     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10259         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10260         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10261
10262     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10263         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10264         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10265
10266     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10267         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10268         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10269
10270     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10271         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10272         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10273
10274     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10275         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10276         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10277
10278     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10279         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10280         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10281
10282     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10283         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10284         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10285
10286     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10287         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10288         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10289
10290     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10291         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10292         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10293
10294     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10295         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10296         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10297
10298     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10299         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10300         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10301
10302     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10303         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10304         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10305
10306     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10307         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10308         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10309
10310     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10311         """Detach(self)"""
10312         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10313
10314     def UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs):
10315         """UpdateMenus(self)"""
10316         return _core_.MenuBar_UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs)
10317
10318     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10319         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10320         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10321
10322     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
10323     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10324         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10325         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10326
10327     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
10328 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
10329
10330 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10331   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10332   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10333
10334 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
10335   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10336   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
10337
10338 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10339
10340 class MenuItem(Object):
10341     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10342     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10343     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10344     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10345         """
10346         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10347             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10348             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10349         """
10350         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
10351     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
10352     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10353     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10354         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10355         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10356
10357     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10358         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10359         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10360
10361     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
10362         """SetId(self, int id)"""
10363         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
10364
10365     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
10366         """GetId(self) -> int"""
10367         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
10368
10369     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10370         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10371         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10372
10373     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
10374         """SetText(self, String str)"""
10375         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
10376
10377     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10378         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10379         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10380
10381     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
10382         """GetText(self) -> String"""
10383         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
10384
10385     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10386         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10387         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10388
10389     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
10390     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10391         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10392         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10393
10394     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10395         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10396         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10397
10398     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10399         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10400         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10401
10402     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10403         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10404         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10405
10406     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10407         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10408         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10409
10410     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10411         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10412         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10413
10414     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10415         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10416         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10417
10418     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10419         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10420         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10421
10422     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10423         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10424         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10425
10426     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10427         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10428         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10429
10430     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10431         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10432         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10433
10434     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
10435         """Toggle(self)"""
10436         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
10437
10438     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10439         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10440         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10441
10442     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10443         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10444         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10445
10446     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10447         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10448         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10449
10450     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10451         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10452         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10453
10454     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10455         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10456         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10457
10458     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10459         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10460         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10461
10462     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10463         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10464         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10465
10466     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10467         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10468         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10469
10470     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10471         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10472         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10473
10474     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10475         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10476         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10477
10478     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10479         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10480         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10481
10482     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10483         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10484         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10485
10486     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
10487         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10488         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
10489
10490     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10491         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10492         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10493
10494     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10495         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10496         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10497
10498     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10499         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10500         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10501
10502     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10503         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10504         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10505
10506     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10507         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10508         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10509
10510     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
10511     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10512         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10513         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10514
10515     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10516         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10517         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10518
10519     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10520         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10521         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10522
10523 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
10524
10525 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10526   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10527   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10528
10529 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
10530   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10531   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
10532
10533 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10534
10535 class Control(Window):
10536     """
10537     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10538
10539     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10540     and/or displays one or more item of data.
10541     """
10542     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10543     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10544     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10545         """
10546         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10547             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10548             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10549
10550         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10551         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10552         """
10553         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
10554         self._setOORInfo(self)
10555
10556     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
10557         """
10558         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10559             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10560             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10561
10562         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10563         """
10564         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
10565
10566     def GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs):
10567         """
10568         GetAlignment(self) -> int
10569
10570         Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)
10571         """
10572         return _core_.Control_GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs)
10573
10574     def GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs):
10575         """
10576         GetLabelText(self) -> String
10577
10578         Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')
10579         """
10580         return _core_.Control_GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs)
10581
10582     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
10583         """
10584         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
10585
10586         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
10587
10588         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
10589
10590         """
10591         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
10592
10593     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10594         """
10595         GetLabel(self) -> String
10596
10597         Return a control's text.
10598         """
10599         return _core_.Control_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10600
10601     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10602         """
10603         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10604
10605         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10606         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10607         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10608         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10609         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10610
10611         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10612         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10613         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10614         this.
10615         """
10616         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10617
10618     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
10619 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
10620 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
10621
10622 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
10623     """
10624     PreControl() -> Control
10625
10626     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
10627     """
10628     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
10629     return val
10630
10631 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10632   """
10633     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10634
10635     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10636     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10637     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10638     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10639     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10640
10641     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10642     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10643     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10644     this.
10645     """
10646   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10647
10648 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10649
10650 class ItemContainer(object):
10651     """
10652     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
10653     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
10654     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
10655     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
10656     this one.
10657
10658     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
10659     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
10660     all conform to the same interface.
10661
10662     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
10663     optionally, client data associated with them.
10664
10665     """
10666     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10667     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10668     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10669     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10670         """
10671         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10672
10673         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
10674         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
10675         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
10676         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
10677         """
10678         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10679
10680     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
10681         """
10682         AppendItems(self, List strings)
10683
10684         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
10685         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
10686         need to add a lot of items.
10687         """
10688         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
10689
10690     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10691         """
10692         Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10693
10694         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
10695         optionally associating some data object with the item.
10696         """
10697         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10698
10699     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
10700         """
10701         Clear(self)
10702
10703         Removes all items from the control.
10704         """
10705         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
10706
10707     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10708         """
10709         Delete(self, unsigned int n)
10710
10711         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
10712         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
10713         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
10714         than the number of items in the control.
10715         """
10716         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10717
10718     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10719         """
10720         GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject
10721
10722         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
10723         """
10724         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10725
10726     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10727         """
10728         SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData)
10729
10730         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
10731         """
10732         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10733
10734     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
10735         """
10736         GetCount(self) -> unsigned int
10737
10738         Returns the number of items in the control.
10739         """
10740         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
10741
10742     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
10743         """
10744         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
10745
10746         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
10747         """
10748         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
10749
10750     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
10751         """
10752         GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String
10753
10754         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
10755         """
10756         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
10757
10758     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
10759         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
10760         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
10761
10762     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
10763         """
10764         SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s)
10765
10766         Sets the label for the given item.
10767         """
10768         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
10769
10770     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
10771         """
10772         FindString(self, String s) -> int
10773
10774         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
10775         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
10776         found.
10777         """
10778         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
10779
10780     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10781         """
10782         SetSelection(self, int n)
10783
10784         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
10785         """
10786         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10787
10788     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10789         """
10790         GetSelection(self) -> int
10791
10792         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
10793         is selected.
10794         """
10795         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10796
10797     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10798         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
10799         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10800
10801     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10802         """
10803         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
10804
10805         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
10806         is selected.
10807         """
10808         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10809
10810     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
10811         """
10812         Select(self, int n)
10813
10814         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
10815         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
10816         """
10817         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
10818
10819 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
10820
10821 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10822
10823 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
10824     """
10825     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
10826     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
10827     that have items.
10828     """
10829     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10830     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10831     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10832 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
10833
10834 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10835
10836 class SizerItem(Object):
10837     """
10838     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
10839     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
10840     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
10841     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
10842     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
10843     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
10844     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
10845     layout.
10846
10847     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
10848     """
10849     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10850     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10851     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10852         """
10853         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
10854
10855         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
10856         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
10857
10858         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
10859         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
10860         methods are called.
10861
10862         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
10863         """
10864         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
10865     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
10866     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10867     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
10868         """
10869         DeleteWindows(self)
10870
10871         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
10872         of item.
10873         """
10874         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
10875
10876     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10877         """
10878         DetachSizer(self)
10879
10880         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
10881         """
10882         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10883
10884     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
10885         """
10886         GetSize(self) -> Size
10887
10888         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10889         """
10890         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
10891
10892     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
10893         """
10894         CalcMin(self) -> Size
10895
10896         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
10897         needed by borders.
10898         """
10899         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
10900
10901     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
10902         """
10903         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
10904
10905         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
10906         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
10907         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
10908         account.
10909         """
10910         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
10911
10912     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
10913         """
10914         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
10915
10916         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
10917         """
10918         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
10919
10920     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10921         """
10922         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
10923
10924         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
10925         added, if needed.
10926         """
10927         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10928
10929     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
10930         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
10931         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
10932
10933     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
10934         """
10935         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
10936
10937         Set the ratio item attribute.
10938         """
10939         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
10940
10941     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
10942         """
10943         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
10944
10945         Set the ratio item attribute.
10946         """
10947         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
10948
10949     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10950         """
10951         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
10952
10953         Set the ratio item attribute.
10954         """
10955         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10956
10957     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10958         """
10959         GetRatio(self) -> float
10960
10961         Set the ratio item attribute.
10962         """
10963         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10964
10965     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
10966         """
10967         GetRect(self) -> Rect
10968
10969         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
10970         """
10971         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
10972
10973     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10974         """
10975         IsWindow(self) -> bool
10976
10977         Is this sizer item a window?
10978         """
10979         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10980
10981     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10982         """
10983         IsSizer(self) -> bool
10984
10985         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
10986         """
10987         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10988
10989     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10990         """
10991         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
10992
10993         Is this sizer item a spacer?
10994         """
10995         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10996
10997     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10998         """
10999         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
11000
11001         Set the proportion value for this item.
11002         """
11003         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11004
11005     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11006         """
11007         GetProportion(self) -> int
11008
11009         Get the proportion value for this item.
11010         """
11011         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11012
11013     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
11014     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
11015     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
11016         """
11017         SetFlag(self, int flag)
11018
11019         Set the flag value for this item.
11020         """
11021         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
11022
11023     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
11024         """
11025         GetFlag(self) -> int
11026
11027         Get the flag value for this item.
11028         """
11029         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
11030
11031     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11032         """
11033         SetBorder(self, int border)
11034
11035         Set the border value for this item.
11036         """
11037         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11038
11039     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11040         """
11041         GetBorder(self) -> int
11042
11043         Get the border value for this item.
11044         """
11045         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11046
11047     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11048         """
11049         GetWindow(self) -> Window
11050
11051         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11052         """
11053         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11054
11055     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11056         """
11057         SetWindow(self, Window window)
11058
11059         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
11060         """
11061         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11062
11063     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11064         """
11065         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
11066
11067         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11068         """
11069         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11070
11071     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11072         """
11073         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
11074
11075         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
11076         """
11077         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11078
11079     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11080         """
11081         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
11082
11083         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
11084         """
11085         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11086
11087     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11088         """
11089         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
11090
11091         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
11092         """
11093         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11094
11095     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11096         """
11097         Show(self, bool show)
11098
11099         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
11100         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
11101         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
11102         """
11103         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11104
11105     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11106         """
11107         IsShown(self) -> bool
11108
11109         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
11110         """
11111         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11112
11113     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11114         """
11115         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11116
11117         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11118         """
11119         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11120
11121     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
11122         """
11123         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
11124
11125         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
11126         isn't any.
11127         """
11128         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
11129
11130     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
11131         """
11132         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
11133
11134         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
11135         """
11136         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
11137
11138 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
11139
11140 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11141     """
11142     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11143         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11144
11145     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
11146     """
11147     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11148     return val
11149
11150 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11151     """
11152     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11153         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11154
11155     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
11156     """
11157     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11158     return val
11159
11160 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11161     """
11162     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11163         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11164
11165     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
11166     """
11167     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11168     return val
11169
11170 class Sizer(Object):
11171     """
11172     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
11173     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
11174     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
11175     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer` and
11176     `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11177
11178     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
11179     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
11180     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
11181     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
11182     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
11183     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
11184     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
11185     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
11186     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
11187     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
11188     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
11189     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
11190     compared to a real window on screen.
11191
11192     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
11193     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
11194     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
11195     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
11196     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
11197     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
11198     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
11199     """
11200     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11201     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11202     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11203     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
11204     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11205     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11206         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
11207         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11208
11209     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
11210         """
11211         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11212             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11213
11214         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11215         """
11216         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11217
11218     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11219         """
11220         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11221             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11222
11223         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11224         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11225         """
11226         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11227
11228     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11229         """
11230         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11231             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11232
11233         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11234         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11235         """
11236         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11237
11238     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11239         """
11240         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11241
11242         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11243         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11244         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11245         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11246         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11247         and removed.
11248         """
11249         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11250
11251     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11252         """
11253         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11254
11255         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11256         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11257         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11258         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11259         was found and detached.
11260         """
11261         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11262
11263     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
11264         """
11265         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11266
11267         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
11268         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11269         the item to be found.
11270         """
11271         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
11272
11273     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11274         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11275         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11276
11277     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
11278         """
11279         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11280
11281         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11282         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11283         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
11284         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11285         """
11286         if len(args) == 2:
11287             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11288             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
11289         else:
11290             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
11291
11292     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
11293         """
11294         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11295
11296         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11297         """
11298         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
11299
11300     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
11301         """
11302         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11303
11304         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11305         """
11306         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
11307
11308     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
11309         """
11310         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11311
11312         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11313         """
11314         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
11315
11316     def AddMany(self, items):
11317         """
11318         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11319         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11320         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11321         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11322         """
11323         for item in items:
11324             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
11325                 item = (item, )
11326             self.Add(*item)
11327
11328     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11329     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11330         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11331         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11332     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11333         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11334         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11335     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11336         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11337         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11338
11339     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11340         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11341         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11342     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11343         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11344         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11345     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11346         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11347         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11348
11349     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11350         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11351         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11352     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11353         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11354         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11355     def InsertSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11356         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11357         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11358
11359     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11360         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11361         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11362     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11363         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11364         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11365     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
11366         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11367         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11368
11369
11370     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11371         """
11372         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11373
11374         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11375         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11376         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11377         methods.
11378         """
11379         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11380
11381     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11382         """
11383         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11384
11385         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11386         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11387         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11388         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11389         here, depending on which is bigger.
11390         """
11391         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11392
11393     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11394         """
11395         GetSize(self) -> Size
11396
11397         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11398         """
11399         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11400
11401     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11402         """
11403         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11404
11405         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11406         """
11407         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11408
11409     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11410         """
11411         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11412
11413         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11414         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11415         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11416         """
11417         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11418
11419     def GetSizeTuple(self):
11420         return self.GetSize().Get()
11421     def GetPositionTuple(self):
11422         return self.GetPosition().Get()
11423     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
11424         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
11425
11426     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
11427         """
11428         RecalcSizes(self)
11429
11430         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11431         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
11432         it is called by `Layout`.
11433         """
11434         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
11435
11436     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11437         """
11438         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11439
11440         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11441         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
11442         it is called by `Layout`.
11443         """
11444         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11445
11446     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
11447         """
11448         Layout(self)
11449
11450         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11451         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11452         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11453         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11454         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11455         removed.
11456         """
11457         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
11458
11459     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
11460         """
11461         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
11462
11463         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
11464         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
11465         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
11466         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
11467
11468         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
11469         """
11470         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
11471
11472     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
11473         """
11474         FitInside(self, Window window)
11475
11476         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
11477         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
11478         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
11479         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
11480
11481         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
11482
11483         """
11484         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
11485
11486     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11487         """
11488         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
11489
11490         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
11491         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
11492         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
11493         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
11494         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
11495         required by the sizer.
11496         """
11497         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11498
11499     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11500         """
11501         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
11502
11503         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
11504         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
11505         this will set them appropriately.
11506
11507         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
11508
11509         """
11510         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11511
11512     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11513         """
11514         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
11515
11516         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
11517         as well.
11518         """
11519         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11520
11521     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11522         """
11523         DeleteWindows(self)
11524
11525         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
11526         """
11527         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11528
11529     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
11530         """
11531         GetChildren(self) -> list
11532
11533         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
11534         """
11535         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
11536
11537     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11538         """
11539         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
11540
11541         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
11542         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11543         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11544         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
11545         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
11546         """
11547         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11548
11549     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11550         """
11551         IsShown(self, item)
11552
11553         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
11554         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11555         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11556         the item.
11557         """
11558         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11559
11560     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
11561         """
11562         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
11563         """
11564         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
11565
11566     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
11567         """
11568         ShowItems(self, bool show)
11569
11570         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
11571         """
11572         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
11573
11574 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
11575
11576 class PySizer(Sizer):
11577     """
11578     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
11579     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
11580     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
11581     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
11582     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
11583     For example::
11584
11585         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
11586              def __init__(self):
11587                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
11588
11589              def CalcMin(self):
11590                  for item in self.GetChildren():
11591                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
11592                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
11593                       # layout algorithm.
11594                       ...
11595                  return wx.Size(width, height)
11596
11597               def RecalcSizes(self):
11598                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
11599                   pos = self.GetPosition()
11600                   size = self.GetSize()
11601                   for item in self.GetChildren():
11602                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
11603                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
11604                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
11605                       # space alloted to this sizer.
11606                       ...
11607                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
11608
11609
11610     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
11611     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
11612     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
11613
11614     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
11615
11616
11617     """
11618     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11619     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11620     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11621         """
11622         __init__(self) -> PySizer
11623
11624         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
11625         class.
11626         """
11627         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
11628         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self)
11629
11630     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11631         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
11632         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11633
11634 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
11635
11636 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11637
11638 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
11639     """
11640     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
11641     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
11642     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
11643     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
11644     parameter passed to the constructor.
11645     """
11646     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11647     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11648     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11649         """
11650         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
11651
11652         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
11653         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
11654         sizer.
11655         """
11656         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11657         self._setOORInfo(self)
11658
11659     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11660         """
11661         GetOrientation(self) -> int
11662
11663         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
11664         """
11665         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11666
11667     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11668         """
11669         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
11670
11671         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
11672         """
11673         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11674
11675 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
11676
11677 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11678
11679 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
11680     """
11681     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
11682     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
11683     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
11684     passed to the sizer constructor.
11685     """
11686     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11687     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11688     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11689         """
11690         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
11691
11692         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
11693         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
11694         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
11695         """
11696         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11697         self._setOORInfo(self)
11698
11699     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
11700         """
11701         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
11702
11703         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
11704         """
11705         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
11706
11707 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
11708
11709 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11710
11711 class GridSizer(Sizer):
11712     """
11713     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11714     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
11715     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
11716     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
11717     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
11718     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
11719
11720     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
11721     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
11722     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
11723     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
11724     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
11725     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11726
11727     """
11728     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11729     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11730     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11731         """
11732         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
11733
11734         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
11735         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
11736         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11737         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11738         define extra space between all children.
11739         """
11740         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11741         self._setOORInfo(self)
11742
11743     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11744         """
11745         SetCols(self, int cols)
11746
11747         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
11748         """
11749         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11750
11751     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11752         """
11753         SetRows(self, int rows)
11754
11755         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
11756         """
11757         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11758
11759     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11760         """
11761         SetVGap(self, int gap)
11762
11763         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11764         """
11765         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11766
11767     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11768         """
11769         SetHGap(self, int gap)
11770
11771         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
11772         """
11773         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11774
11775     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11776         """
11777         GetCols(self) -> int
11778
11779         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
11780         """
11781         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11782
11783     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11784         """
11785         GetRows(self) -> int
11786
11787         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
11788         """
11789         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11790
11791     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11792         """
11793         GetVGap(self) -> int
11794
11795         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11796         """
11797         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11798
11799     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11800         """
11801         GetHGap(self) -> int
11802
11803         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
11804         """
11805         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11806
11807     def CalcRowsCols(self):
11808         """
11809         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
11810
11811         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
11812         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
11813         in the constructor.
11814         """
11815         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
11816         rows = self.GetRows()
11817         cols = self.GetCols()
11818         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
11819         if cols != 0:
11820             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
11821         elif rows != 0:
11822             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
11823         return (rows, cols)
11824
11825 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
11826
11827 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11828
11829 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
11830 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
11831 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
11832 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
11833     """
11834     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11835     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
11836     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
11837     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
11838     the `wx.GridSizer`.
11839
11840     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
11841     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
11842     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
11843     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
11844     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
11845     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
11846
11847
11848     """
11849     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11850     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11851     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11852         """
11853         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
11854
11855         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
11856         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
11857         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11858         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11859         define extra space between all children.
11860         """
11861         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11862         self._setOORInfo(self)
11863
11864     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11865         """
11866         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11867
11868         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
11869         is extra space available to the sizer.
11870
11871         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11872         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11873         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11874         """
11875         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11876
11877     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11878         """
11879         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
11880
11881         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
11882         """
11883         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11884
11885     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11886         """
11887         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11888
11889         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
11890         there is extra space available to the sizer.
11891
11892         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11893         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11894         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11895         """
11896         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11897
11898     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11899         """
11900         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
11901
11902         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
11903         """
11904         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11905
11906     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11907         """
11908         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
11909
11910         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
11911         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
11912         other value is ignored.
11913
11914             ==============    =======================================
11915             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
11916             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
11917             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
11918                               (this is the default value).
11919             ==============    =======================================
11920
11921         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11922
11923         """
11924         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11925
11926     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11927         """
11928         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
11929
11930         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
11931         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
11932
11933         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
11934         """
11935         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11936
11937     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11938         """
11939         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
11940
11941         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
11942         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
11943         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
11944
11945             ==========================  =================================================
11946             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
11947             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
11948                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
11949                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
11950                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
11951             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
11952                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
11953                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
11954             ==========================  =================================================
11955
11956         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11957
11958
11959         """
11960         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11961
11962     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11963         """
11964         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
11965
11966         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
11967         non-flexible direction if there is one.
11968
11969         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
11970         """
11971         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11972
11973     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
11974         """
11975         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
11976
11977         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
11978         rows in the sizer.
11979         """
11980         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
11981
11982     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
11983         """
11984         GetColWidths(self) -> list
11985
11986         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
11987         columns in the sizer.
11988         """
11989         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
11990
11991 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
11992
11993 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
11994     """
11995     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
11996     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
11997     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
11998     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
11999     will take care of the rest.
12000
12001     """
12002     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12003     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12004     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12005         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
12006         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12007     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
12008         """
12009         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
12010
12011         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
12012         method in the base class.
12013         """
12014         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
12015
12016     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
12017         """
12018         Realize(self)
12019
12020         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
12021         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
12022         specifc manner.
12023         """
12024         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
12025
12026     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12027         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12028         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12029
12030     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12031         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12032         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12033
12034     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
12035         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12036         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
12037
12038     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12039         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12040         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12041
12042     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
12043         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12044         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
12045
12046     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12047         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12048         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12049
12050     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
12051         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12052         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
12053
12054     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
12055         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12056         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
12057
12058 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
12059
12060 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12061
12062 class GBPosition(object):
12063     """
12064     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12065     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
12066     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12067     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12068     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12069     """
12070     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12071     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12072     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12073         """
12074         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
12075
12076         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12077         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
12078         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12079         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12080         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12081         """
12082         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
12083     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
12084     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12085     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
12086         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
12087         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
12088
12089     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
12090         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
12091         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
12092
12093     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
12094         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
12095         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
12096
12097     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
12098         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
12099         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
12100
12101     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12102         """
12103         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12104
12105         Compare GBPosition for equality.
12106         """
12107         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12108
12109     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12110         """
12111         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12112
12113         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
12114         """
12115         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12116
12117     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12118         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
12119         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12120
12121     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12122         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12123         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12124
12125     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12126     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12127     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
12128     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12129     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12130     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12131         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
12132         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
12133         else: raise IndexError
12134     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12135     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12136     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
12137
12138     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
12139     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
12140
12141 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
12142
12143 class GBSpan(object):
12144     """
12145     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
12146     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
12147     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
12148     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
12149     nearly transparently in Python code.
12150
12151     """
12152     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12153     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12154     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12155         """
12156         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
12157
12158         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
12159         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
12160         cell in each direction.
12161         """
12162         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
12163     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
12164     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12165     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12166         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
12167         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12168
12169     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12170         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
12171         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12172
12173     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12174         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
12175         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12176
12177     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12178         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
12179         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12180
12181     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12182         """
12183         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12184
12185         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
12186         """
12187         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12188
12189     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12190         """
12191         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12192
12193         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
12194         """
12195         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12196
12197     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12198         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
12199         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12200
12201     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12202         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12203         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12204
12205     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12206     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12207     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
12208     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12209     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12210     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12211         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
12212         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
12213         else: raise IndexError
12214     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12215     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12216     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
12217
12218     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
12219     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
12220
12221 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
12222
12223 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
12224     """
12225     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12226     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12227     and how many rows or columns it spans.
12228
12229     """
12230     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12231     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12232     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12233         """
12234         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12235
12236         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
12237         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12238         item can be used in a Sizer.
12239
12240         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12241         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12242         """
12243         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12244     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
12245     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12246     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12247         """
12248         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12249
12250         Get the grid position of the item
12251         """
12252         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12253
12254     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
12255     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12256         """
12257         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12258
12259         Get the row and column spanning of the item
12260         """
12261         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12262
12263     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
12264     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12265         """
12266         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12267
12268         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12269         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12270         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
12271         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12272         """
12273         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12274
12275     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12276         """
12277         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12278
12279         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12280         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12281         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
12282         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12283
12284         """
12285         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12286
12287     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
12288         """
12289         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12290
12291         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12292         """
12293         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
12294
12295     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
12296         """
12297         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12298
12299         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12300         """
12301         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
12302
12303     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
12304         """
12305         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12306
12307         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12308         """
12309         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
12310
12311     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12312         """
12313         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12314
12315         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12316         """
12317         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12318
12319     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12320         """
12321         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12322
12323         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12324         """
12325         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12326
12327 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
12328 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
12329
12330 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12331     """
12332     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12333         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12334
12335     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12336     """
12337     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12338     return val
12339
12340 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12341     """
12342     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12343         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12344
12345     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12346     """
12347     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12348     return val
12349
12350 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12351     """
12352     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12353         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12354
12355     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12356     """
12357     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12358     return val
12359
12360 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
12361     """
12362     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12363     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12364     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12365     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
12366     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12367     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12368
12369     """
12370     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12371     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12372     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12373         """
12374         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12375
12376         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12377         rows and columns.
12378         """
12379         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12380         self._setOORInfo(self)
12381
12382     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12383         """
12384         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12385         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12386
12387         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12388         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
12389         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12390
12391         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12392         position, False if something was already there.
12393
12394         """
12395         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12396
12397     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12398         """
12399         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12400
12401         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
12402         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12403         something was already there.
12404         """
12405         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12406
12407     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12408         """
12409         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12410
12411         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12412         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
12413         """
12414         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12415
12416     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12417         """
12418         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12419
12420         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12421         """
12422         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12423
12424     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12425         """
12426         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12427
12428         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12429         """
12430         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12431
12432     def GetItemPosition(*args):
12433         """
12434         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
12435
12436         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12437         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12438         index of an item.
12439         """
12440         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
12441
12442     def SetItemPosition(*args):
12443         """
12444         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12445
12446         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12447         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12448         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
12449         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12450
12451         """
12452         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
12453
12454     def GetItemSpan(*args):
12455         """
12456         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
12457
12458         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12459         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12460         zero-based index of an item.
12461         """
12462         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
12463
12464     def SetItemSpan(*args):
12465         """
12466         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
12467
12468         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12469         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12470         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
12471         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12472         """
12473         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
12474
12475     def FindItem(*args):
12476         """
12477         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
12478
12479         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
12480         not found. (non-recursive)
12481         """
12482         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
12483
12484     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12485         """
12486         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
12487
12488         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
12489         item at that position. (non-recursive)
12490         """
12491         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12492
12493     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
12494         """
12495         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
12496
12497         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
12498         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
12499         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
12500         layout. (non-recursive)
12501         """
12502         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
12503
12504     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
12505         """
12506         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12507
12508         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12509         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
12510         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
12511         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12512         position of.
12513
12514         """
12515         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
12516
12517     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
12518         """
12519         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12520
12521         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12522         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
12523         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
12524         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12525         position of.
12526         """
12527         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
12528
12529 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
12530
12531 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12532
12533 Left = _core_.Left
12534 Top = _core_.Top
12535 Right = _core_.Right
12536 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
12537 Width = _core_.Width
12538 Height = _core_.Height
12539 Centre = _core_.Centre
12540 Center = _core_.Center
12541 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
12542 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
12543 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
12544 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
12545 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
12546 Above = _core_.Above
12547 Below = _core_.Below
12548 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
12549 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
12550 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
12551 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
12552 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
12553     """
12554     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
12555     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
12556     You will never need to create an instance of
12557     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
12558     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
12559     that it contains.
12560     """
12561     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12562     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
12563     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12564     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12565         """
12566         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
12567
12568         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
12569         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
12570         """
12571         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12572
12573     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
12574         """
12575         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12576
12577         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
12578         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
12579         other window.
12580         """
12581         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
12582
12583     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
12584         """
12585         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12586
12587         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
12588         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
12589         other window.
12590         """
12591         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
12592
12593     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
12594         """
12595         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12596
12597         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
12598         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
12599         window.
12600         """
12601         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
12602
12603     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
12604         """
12605         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12606
12607         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
12608         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
12609         window.
12610         """
12611         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
12612
12613     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
12614         """
12615         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
12616
12617         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
12618         given window, with an optional margin.
12619         """
12620         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
12621
12622     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
12623         """
12624         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
12625
12626         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
12627         window, with an optional margin.
12628         """
12629         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
12630
12631     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
12632         """
12633         Absolute(self, int val)
12634
12635         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
12636         """
12637         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
12638
12639     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
12640         """
12641         Unconstrained(self)
12642
12643         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
12644         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
12645         """
12646         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
12647
12648     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
12649         """
12650         AsIs(self)
12651
12652         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
12653         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
12654         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
12655         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
12656         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
12657         button label.
12658         """
12659         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
12660
12661     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12662         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
12663         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12664
12665     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12666         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
12667         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12668
12669     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12670         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
12671         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12672
12673     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12674         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
12675         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12676
12677     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12678         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
12679         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12680
12681     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12682         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
12683         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12684
12685     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12686         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
12687         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12688
12689     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
12690         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
12691         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
12692
12693     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12694         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
12695         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12696
12697     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12698         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
12699         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12700
12701     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12702         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
12703         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12704
12705     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12706         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
12707         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12708
12709     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12710         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
12711         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12712
12713     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
12714         """
12715         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
12716
12717         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
12718         """
12719         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
12720
12721     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
12722         """
12723         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
12724
12725         Try to satisfy constraint
12726         """
12727         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
12728
12729     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12730         """
12731         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
12732
12733         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
12734         is not determinable, -1.
12735         """
12736         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12737
12738 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
12739
12740 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
12741     """
12742     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
12743     instead.
12744
12745     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
12746     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
12747
12748     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
12749     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
12750     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
12751
12752         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
12753         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
12754         * top: represents the top edge of the window
12755         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
12756         * width: represents the width of the window
12757         * height: represents the height of the window
12758         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
12759         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
12760
12761     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
12762     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
12763     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
12764     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
12765     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
12766     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
12767     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
12768
12769     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
12770
12771     """
12772     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12773     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12774     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
12775     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
12776     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
12777     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
12778     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
12779     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
12780     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
12781     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
12782     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12783         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
12784         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
12785     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
12786     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12787     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
12788         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
12789         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
12790
12791     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
12792         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
12793         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
12794
12795 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
12796
12797 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12798
12799 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
12800 try:
12801     True
12802 except NameError:
12803     __builtins__.True = 1==1
12804     __builtins__.False = 1==0
12805     def bool(value): return not not value
12806     __builtins__.bool = bool
12807
12808
12809
12810 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
12811 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
12812 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
12813 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
12814
12815
12816 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12817 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
12818 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
12819
12820 from __version__ import *
12821 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
12822
12823 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12824 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12825 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
12826     import warnings
12827     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
12828
12829 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12830
12831 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
12832 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
12833 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
12834 # encoding we need to use as well.)
12835 #
12836 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
12837 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
12838 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
12839 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
12840 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
12841 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
12842
12843 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12844 if default == 'ascii':
12845     import locale
12846     import codecs
12847     try:
12848         default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
12849         codecs.lookup(default)
12850     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
12851         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12852     del locale
12853     del codecs
12854 if default:
12855     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
12856 del default
12857
12858 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12859
12860 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
12861     pass
12862
12863 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
12864     """
12865     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
12866     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
12867     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
12868     """
12869     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
12870     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
12871
12872     def __repr__(self):
12873         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12874             self._name = "[unknown]"
12875         return self.reprStr % self._name
12876
12877     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12878         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12879             self._name = "[unknown]"
12880         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
12881
12882     def __nonzero__(self):
12883         return 0
12884
12885
12886
12887 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
12888     pass
12889
12890 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
12891     """
12892     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
12893     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
12894     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
12895     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
12896     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
12897     is ready.
12898     """
12899
12900     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
12901     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
12902
12903     def __repr__(self):
12904         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12905         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12906         return self.reprStr #% self._name
12907
12908     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12909         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12910         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12911         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
12912
12913     def __nonzero__(self):
12914         return 0
12915
12916
12917 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12918
12919 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
12920     """
12921     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
12922     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
12923     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
12924     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
12925
12926     :see: `wx.FutureCall`
12927     """
12928     app = wx.GetApp()
12929     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
12930
12931     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
12932         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
12933         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
12934                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
12935     evt = wx.PyEvent()
12936     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
12937     evt.callable = callable
12938     evt.args = args
12939     evt.kw = kw
12940     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
12941
12942 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12943
12944
12945 class FutureCall:
12946     """
12947     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
12948     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
12949     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
12950     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
12951
12952     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
12953     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
12954     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
12955     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
12956     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall
12957     object.
12958
12959     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
12960     """
12961     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
12962         self.millis = millis
12963         self.callable = callable
12964         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12965         self.runCount = 0
12966         self.running = False
12967         self.hasRun = False
12968         self.result = None
12969         self.timer = None
12970         self.Start()
12971
12972     def __del__(self):
12973         self.Stop()
12974
12975
12976     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
12977         """
12978         (Re)start the timer
12979         """
12980         self.hasRun = False
12981         if millis is not None:
12982             self.millis = millis
12983         if args or kwargs:
12984             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12985         self.Stop()
12986         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
12987         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
12988         self.running = True
12989     Restart = Start
12990
12991
12992     def Stop(self):
12993         """
12994         Stop and destroy the timer.
12995         """
12996         if self.timer is not None:
12997             self.timer.Stop()
12998             self.timer = None
12999
13000
13001     def GetInterval(self):
13002         if self.timer is not None:
13003             return self.timer.GetInterval()
13004         else:
13005             return 0
13006
13007
13008     def IsRunning(self):
13009         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
13010
13011
13012     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
13013         """
13014         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
13015         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
13016         new call to the same callable object but with different
13017         parameters.
13018         """
13019         self.args = args
13020         self.kwargs = kwargs
13021
13022
13023     def HasRun(self):
13024         return self.hasRun
13025
13026     def GetResult(self):
13027         return self.result
13028
13029     def Notify(self):
13030         """
13031         The timer has expired so call the callable.
13032         """
13033         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
13034             self.runCount += 1
13035             self.running = False
13036             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
13037         self.hasRun = True
13038         if not self.running:
13039             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
13040             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
13041
13042
13043
13044 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13045 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
13046 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
13047 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
13048 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
13049 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
13050 # where they should be used.
13051
13052 class __DocFilter:
13053     """
13054     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
13055     functions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
13056     """
13057     def __init__(self, globals):
13058         self._globals = globals
13059
13060     def __call__(self, name):
13061         import types
13062         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
13063
13064         # only document classes and function
13065         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
13066             return False
13067
13068         # skip other things that are private or will be documented as part of somethign else
13069         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
13070             return False
13071
13072         # skip functions that are duplicates of static functions in a class
13073         if name.find('_') != -1:
13074             cls = self._globals.get(name.split('_')[0], None)
13075             methname = name.split('_')[1]
13076             if hasattr(cls, methname) and type(getattr(cls, methname)) is types.FunctionType:
13077                 return False
13078
13079         return True
13080
13081 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13082 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13083
13084 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
13085 # "core" wx namespace
13086 from _gdi import *
13087 from _windows import *
13088 from _controls import *
13089 from _misc import *
13090
13091 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13092 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13093
13094
13095